Directed Electronics PS-3655E-FM Specifications

DE3_p01.fm Page 1 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:04 AM
Circuit Breakers
Selection Guide
QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
H-Frame
J-Frame
L-Frame
M-Frame
P-Frame
R-Frame
DE3-10
QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
DE3-10
QO™ Circuit Breaker Accessories
DE3-12
QO™ and Multi 9™ Mounting Bases
DE3-13
QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
DE3-14
QOU Accessories
DE3-15
Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
DE3-16
PowerPact™ Molded Case Circuit Breakers
DE3-21
PowerPact Family
DE3-21
H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
DE3-22
Q-Frame Circuit Breakers
DE3-24
L-Frame Circuit Breakers
DE3-25
M-Frame Circuit Breakers
DE3-26
P-Frame Circuit Breakers
DE3-27
R-Frame Circuit Breakers
DE3-28
Motor Circuit Protectors
DE3-29
PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors
DE3-29
H-Frame and J-Frame MCP Selector
DE3-30
Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers
DE3-31
H-, J-, and L-Frame MCP Selection
DE3-32
Motor Protection Selection Tables
DE3-33
Automatic Switches
DE3-34
500 Vdc Circuit Breakers
DE3-35
Mission Critical Circuit Breakers
DE3-37
PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories
DE3-39
Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units
DE3-46
Masterpact™ Universal Power Circuit Breakers
DE3-50
Ground-Fault Protection
DE3-51
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
DE3-54
Circuit Breaker Enclosures
DE3-56
Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches
DE3-59
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
DE3-63
F-Frame Circuit Breakers
DE3-63
L-Frame Circuit Breakers
DE3-64
CDP connector kits
01/15
DE3-2
DE3-65
DE3-1
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Selection Information
Page
DE3
Description
DE3_p02.fm Page 2 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:09 AM
Selection Information
Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600
CHOM Circuit Breakers
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
—
—
—
—
5e
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
—
—
—
—
5e
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
2
3
—
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
2
3
1 2, 3 a 1,2
3
15–50
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
15–60
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— — — —
2
15–30
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
15–30
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
15–50
2
15–60
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
DE3
Current Range
—
1
15–30
1
15–30
—
2
15–20
—
1
10
10
—
10
—
—
5e
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— — — —
—
—
—
X
—
QOB-EPD
QOB-EPE
15–30
—
2
QOBVHGFI
15–30
—
1
QOB-GFI
—
22
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
22
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
22
22
—
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
22 22 65 65
22 22 65 65
— — — —
— 22d — 65
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
15–30
—
1
QO-EPD
QO-EPE
QHB
15–150
—
2
QOVHGFI
15–30
—
1
QOB- QOBCAFI VHAFI
QO-GFI
15–100
—
QOB-H — — — QOB-VH
QOQOQOT CAFI
VHAFI
15–30
Unit Mount
Number of Poles
QOB
QH
15–125
—
QO-VH
15–100
—
QO-H
10–100
—
10–200k
—
10–70
—
15–50b
—
15–50
—
15–20
—
15–50
Bolt-on
QO
15–20
CHOM- CHOMT
EPD
15–20
CHOMCHOM CHOMAFI
GFI
15–200k
Plug-on
15–50
Circuit
Breaker
Type
QO™ Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Ratings
UL/CSA
Rating
(kA)
(50/60 Hz)
DC Ratings
120 Vac
120/240 Vac
208Y/120
240 Vac d
277 Vac
480Y/277 Vac
48 Vdc
60 Vdc
65 Vdc
125 Vdc
250 Vdc
IEC 60947-2
(50/60 Hz)e
IEC
(Icu)
Special Ratings
CCC
Fed. Specs
W-C-375B/GEN
HACR f
NOM
Other Standard
HACRg
NOM
HACR f
— — —
HACR g
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
X
—
X
X
—
X
—
—
X
—
— —
—
HACR
g
—
—
NOM
X X
— —
X X
X X
— —
X
—
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
X
X
—
—
—
X
X
—
—
—
X
X
—
—
—
X
X
—
—
—
X
X
—
—
—
X
X
—
—
—
X
X
—
—
—
X
X
—
NOM
Accessories and Modifications
Shunt Trip h
Undervoltage Trip
Auxiliary Switches h
Alarm Switch h
Handle Operators
Handle Padlock
Attachment
Xi
—
Xi
Xi
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
X
—
X
X
—
X
—
X
X
—
X
—
X
X
—
X
—
X
X
—
X X X X
— — — —
X X X X
X X X X
— — — —
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Xj
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
X X X X
— — — —
X
—
X X
— —
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
X
Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic
Molded Case Switch
Dimensions (1P Unit Mount)
3.13 (79)
3.5 (89) a
4.75 (121)
1.00 (25)
0.75 (19) a
2.98 (76)
2.92 (74) a
Pages
Section DE1
Pages DE3-10, DE3-11
a
See page DE3-54 for dimensions for: QOB2150VH, QOB3110VH, QOB3125VH and QOB3150VH.
b
CHOMT tandem is 30 A maximum. CHOMT quad has 20 A maximum on outside poles, and 50 A maximum on the inside poles.
c
AFI, EPD and GFI products are rated 60 Hz only.
d
22 kA @ 240 Vac for 3P only.
e
1P and 2P, 10–70 A and 3P 10–60 A only.
f
HACR on CHOM 1P 15–50 A and 2P 15–100 A
g
HACR on QO, QOB 1P 10–70 A, 2P 15–100 A, 3P 10–100 A; QOB-VH 1P 15–70 A, 2P 15–125 A, 3P 15–100 A.
h
Factory-installed option only.
i
Factory-installed accessories are not available on QOB-VH 2P150 A and 3P 110–150 A.
j
Handle padlock attachment available for CHOMT quad tandem only.
k
2P 150–200 A requires 4P width.
Dimensions
(1P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)
DE3-2
Height
Width
Depth
4.12 (103)
01/15
DE3_p03.fm Page 3 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:05 AM
Selection Information
Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600
Multi 9™ Circuit Breakers and
Supplementary Protectors
EDB Circuit Breakers
Plug-on
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bolt-on
—
QOM1-VH
QOM2-VH
—
—
EDB
EGB
EJB
QOU
—
—
CSA C22.2 No. 5/UL
489 C60
CSA C22.2 No. 235/UL1077
C60
—
—
—
2
2
Unit Mount
Current Range
15–70
15–125$
2, 3
15–125$
1
15–70
2, 3
15–125$
1
15–70
2, 3
0.5–40
1
0.5–40
2
1–63
1
1–63
3,4
0.5–63
2
0.5–35
1
0.5–35
3
0.5–35
2
100–225
1
50–125
3
10–100
2
10–125
1
10–100
Number of Poles
C60H-DCa
Interrupting Ratings
120 Vac
120/240 Vac
UL/CSA
240 Vac
Rating
277 Vac
(kA RMS)
377 Vac
(50/60 Hz)
480Y/277 Vac
600Y/347 Vac
48 Vdc
60 Vdc
65 Vdc
DC Ratings
125 Vdc
250 Vdc
500 Vdc
IEC 60947-2
240 Vac
(50/60 Hz)
415 Vac
Icu
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
5b
5c
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
5b
5c
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
10
—
—
—
—
5b
5c
—
—
—
—
—
22
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
22
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
5
5
—
—
10
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
20
—
10
10
—
—
10
—
—
10
—
10
—
—
20
—
10
10
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
10
10
10
5
—
—
—
10
—
10
—
—
—
10
10
10
10
5
—
5
—
10
—
10
10
—
—
10
10
10
10
5
—
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
5
5
5
5
—
20
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
25
18
18
18
14
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
25
25
25
18
—
18
14
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
65
35
35
35
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
65
65
65
35
—
35
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
100
65
65
65
25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
100
100
100
65
—
65
25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
—
5
5
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
Xh
Xh
Xh
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Special Ratings
CCC
Fed. Specs
W-C-375B/GEN
Other Standard
HACR d
Accessories and Modifications
Shunt Trip
Xe
Undervoltage Trip
—
Auxiliary Switches
Xe
Alarm Switch
Xe
Handle Operators
—
Handle Padlock
X
Attachment
Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic
Molded Case Switch
X
—
HACR
Xe
—
Xe
Xe
—
Xe
—
Xe
Xe
—
—
—
—
—
—
X e
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X e
—
Xe
Xe
—
X e
—
Xe
Xe
—
X e
—
Xe
Xe
—
X e
—
Xe
Xe
—
X e
—
Xe
Xe
—
X e
—
Xe
Xe
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
X
—
Dimensions (1P Unit Mount)
4.05 (103)
5.09 (129)f 5.60 (142)f
4.21 (107)g
3.19 (81)
3.19 (81)
0.75 (19)
5.00 (127)f 5.07 (129)f
0.71 (18)
0.71 (18)
0.71 (18) 1.42 (36)
2.92 (74)
3.47 (88)f 3.60 (91)f
2.76 (70)
2.76 (70)
2.56 (65)
Pages
Pages DE3-14
Section DE1
Pages DE3-16 through DE3-19
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
C60H-DC is a UL 1077 (not CSA certified) supplementary protector.
b
1P and 2P, 10–70 A and 3P 10–60 A only.
c
QOU is CSA/UL Listed for 60 Vdc per pole 80–100 A, 1P; 80–125 A, 2P; and 70–100 A, 3P.
d
HACR on QOU 1P and 3P 15–100 A, 2P 15–125 A;
e
Factory-installed option only
f
QOM1 and QOM2 dimensions are for 2-pole unit.
g
480 V C60 height is 5.56 in. (141 mm).
h
15–70 A 1P and 2P, 15–60 A 3P.
i
110 A maximum at 600Y/347 Vac
Dimensions
(1P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)
01/15
Height
Width
Depth
5.66 (144)
0.98 (25)
4.05 (103)
Section DE5
DE3-3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Circuit
Breaker
Type
QOM1 and QOM2 Main
Circuit Breakers
DE3
QOU
Circuit Breakers
DE3_p04.fm Page 4 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:10 AM
Selection Information
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600, 800
PowerPact™
150 A H-Frame
PowerPact 250 A J-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type
HD
HG
HJ
HL
HR
JD
JG
JJ
JL
Number of Poles
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3a
2, 3a
3
2, 3a
2, 3a
2, 3a
2, 3a
3
15–150 A
15–150 A
15–150 A
15–150 A
15–150 A
70–250 Ab
70–250 Ab
70–250 Ab
70–250 Ab
70–250 Ab
Current Range
JR
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Interrupting Ratings
240 Vac
25
65
100
125
200
25
65
100
125
200
480Y/277 Vac
18
35
65
100
200
18
35
65
100
200
480 Vac
18
35
65
100
200
18
35
65
100
200
600Y/347 Vac
14
18
25
50
100
14
18
25
50
100
600 Vac
14
18
25
50
100
14
18
25
50
100
250 Vdcc
20
20
20
20
—
20
20
20
20
—
500 Vdcc
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
—
—
—
240 Vac
25/25
65/65
100/100
125/125
125/125
25/25
65/65
100/100
125/125
125/125
415 Vac
18/18
35/35
65/65
100/100
100/100
18/18
35/35
65/65
100/100
100/100
CCC
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
HACR (2P, 3P)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Unit Mount
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I-Line™
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rear Connection
Xe
Xe
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Drawout
Xe
Xe
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Optional Lugs
Xe
Xe
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Shunt Trip
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Undervoltage Trip
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Auxiliary Switches
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Alarm Switch
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Motor Operator
Xe
Xe
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Handle Operators
Xe
Xe
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Mechanical Interlocks (3P)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Handle Padlock Attachment
Xe
Xe
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Cylinder Lock (3P)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Optional GF Protection
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)
DC Ratings
IEC Rating
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsd
Special Ratings
Connections/Terminations
Accessories and Modifications
Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic
X
X
X
X
—
X
X
X
X
X
Instantaneous-only (MCP)
—
—
Xf
Xf
Xf
—
Xf
Xf
X
X
Molded Case Switch (Automatic)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xf
Xf
Xf
Xf
Xf
Xf
Xf
Xf
Xf
Xf
General Purpose (NEMA 1)
X
X
X
X
—
X
X
X
—
—
Raintight (NEMA 3R)
X
X
X
X
—
X
X
X
—
—
Dust-tight (NEMA 12)
X
X
X
X
—
X
X
X
—
—
Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)
X
X
X
X
—
X
X
X
—
—
Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Electronic
Enclosures (Pages DE3-56–DE3-58)
Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)
Height
6.4 (163)
7.5 (191)
Width
4.1 (104)
4.1 (104)
Depth
3.4 (86)
Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
Pages DE3-22, DE3-23, DE3-29, DE3-34/Section DE5
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
2P in a 3P module.
b
70–250 A with electronic trip system
c
Not available with electronic trip units
d
Dual CSA/UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers.
e
Not available in HD and HG 2P rating (2P module).
f
3P only.
DE3-4
3.4 (86)
Pages DE3-22, DE3-23, DE3-29, DE3-34, DE3-35/Section DE5
01/15
DE3_p05.fm Page 5 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:07 AM
Selection Information
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600, 800
PowerPact 250 A Q-Frame
PowerPact 600 A L-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type
QB
QD
QG
QJ
LD
LG
LJ
LL
LR
Number of Poles
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
3, 4
3, 4
3, 4
3, 4
3, 4
70–250b
70–250b
70–250b
70–250b
70–600
70–600
70–600
70–600
70–600
240 Vac
10
25
65
100
25
65
100
125
200
480Y/277 Vac
—
—
—
—
18
35
65
100
200
Current Range
480 Vac
—
—
—
—
18
35
65
100
200
600Y/347 Vac
—
—
—
—
14
18
25
50
100
100
DC Ratings
600 Vac
—
—
—
—
14
18
25
50
250 Vdci
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
500 Vdcci
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
IEC Rating
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsd
Special Ratings
240 Vac
10/5
10/5
10/5
10/5
25/25
65/65
100/100
125/125
125/125
415 Vac
10/5
10/5
10/5
10/5
18/18
35/35
65/65
100/100
100/100
CCC
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
HACR (2P, 3P)
X
X
X
—
X
X
X
X
X
DE3
UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Interrupting Ratings
Connections/Terminations
Unit Mount
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I-Line™
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rear Connection
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
Drawout
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
Optional Lugs
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
Accessories and Modifications
Shunt Trip
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
Undervoltage Trip
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
Auxiliary Switches
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
Alarm Switch
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
Motor Operator
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
Handle Operators
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
Mechanical Interlocks (3P)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Handle Padlock Attachment
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Cylinder Lock (3Pf)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Optional GF Protectione
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
Instantaneous-only (MCP)
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
Molded Case Switch (Automatic)
X
—
—
—
—
X
—
X
X
Electronic
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
Enclosures (Pages DE3-56–DE3-58)
General Purpose (NEMA 1)
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
Raintight (NEMA 3R)
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
Dust-tight (NEMA 12)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)
Note:
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
01/15
Height
6.47 (164)
13.38 (340)
Width
4.5 (114)
5.51 (140)
Depth
3.93 (100)
4.33 (110)
Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
Pages DE3-24/Section DE5
Pages DE3-25/DE3-33
All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
2P in a 3P module.
I-Line Q-frame circuit breakers are available 70–225 A only. 250 A Q-frame unit-mount circuit breakers are limited to Cu conductors only.
Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page DE3-35. Special DC J-Frame only.
Dual CSA/UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers.
Requires factory-installed “G” shunt trip and 3P module.
Factory-installed option only.
3P only.
70–250 A with electronic trip system.
Not available with electronic trip units.
DE3-5
DE3_p06.fm Page 6 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:10 AM
Selection Information
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Class 600, 612, 800
PowerPact 800 A M-Frame
PowerPact 1200 A P-Frame
PowerPact 3000 A R-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type
MG
MJ
PG
PJ
PK
PL
RG
RJ
RK
RL
Number of Poles
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3, 4
2, 3, 4
2, 3, 4
2, 3, 4
2, 3, 4
2, 3, 4
2, 3, 4
2, 3, 4
300–800
300–800
100–1200
100–1200
100–1200
100–1200
240–3000
240–3000
240–3000
240–3000
Current Range
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Interrupting Ratings
240 Vac
65
100
65
100
65
125
65
100
65
125
480Y/277 Vac
35
65
35
65
50
100
35
65
65
100
480 Vac
35
65
35
65
50
100
35
65
65
100
600Y/347 Vac
18
25
18
25
50
25
18
25
65
50
600 Vac
18
25
18
25
50
25
18
25
65
50
250 Vdc
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
500 Vdca
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
240 Vac
50/25
65/35
50/25
65/35
50/25
125/65
50/25
65/35
85/65
125/65
415 Vac
35/20
50/25
35/20
50/25
50/25
85/45
35/20
50/25
70/55
85/45
CCC
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
HACR (2P, 3P)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Unit Mount
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I-Line™
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xe
Xe
Xe
Xe
Rear Connection
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Drawout
—
—
Xd
Xd
Xd
Xd
—
—
—
—
Optional Lugs
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Shunt Trip
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Undervoltage Trip
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Auxiliary Switches
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Alarm Switch
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Motor Operator
—
—
Xd
Xd
Xd
Xd
—
—
—
—
Handle Operators
—
—
Xd
Xd
Xd
Xd
—
—
—
—
Mechanical Interlocks (3P)
—
—
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Handle Padlock Attachment
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Cylinder Lock (3P)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Optional GF Protection
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Thermal-magnetic
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Instantaneous-only (MCP)
—
—
—
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
Molded Case Switch (Automatic)
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Electronic
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
General Purpose (NEMA 1)
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Raintight (NEMA 3R)
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Dust-tight (NEMA 12)
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
—
Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)
DC Ratings
IEC
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsb
Special Ratings
Connections/Terminations
Accessories and Modifications
Trip System Type
Enclosures (Pages DE3-56–DE3-58)
Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
Height–in. (mm)
12.80 (325)
16.20 (413)
15 (381)
Width—in. (mm)
8.30 (210)
8.30 (210)
16.50 (420)
Depth—in. (mm)
8.10 (205)
8.10 (205)
Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
Page DE3-26/Section DE5
Page DE3-27, DE3-31, DE3-34/Section DE5
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page DE3-35.
b
Dual CSA/UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers.
c
Requires breaker with WB suffix
d
65/50 kA Icu/Ics for 450–600 A ratings.
e
1000 A and 1200 A only.
DE3-6
14.40 (366)
Page DE3-28, DE3-34/Section DE5
01/15
DE3_p07.fm Page 7 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:10 AM
Selection Information
Insulated Case Circuit Breakers
Class 600, 800
Masterpact 1200 A
Masterpact 6000 A
Circuit Breaker Type
NT-N
NT-H
NT-L1
NT-L
NT-LF a
NW-N
NW-H
NW-L
NW-LF a
NW-H
NW-L
NW-H
NW-L
Number of Poles
3, 4
3, 4
3
3
3
3, 4
3, 4
3
3
3, 4
3
3, 4
3
100–1200
100–1200
100–1200
100–1200
100–1200
100–2000
100–2000
100–2000
100–2000
640–3000
Current Range
640–3000 1200–6000 1200–6000
240 Vac
50
65
100
200
200
65
100
200
200
100
200
100
200
480Y/277 Vac
50
50
65
100
100
65
100
150
150
100
150
100
150
480 Vac
50
50
65
100
100
65
100
150
150
100
150
100
150
600Y/347 Vac
35
50
—
—
—
50
85
100
100
85
100
85
100
600 Vac
35
50
—
—
—
50
85
100
100
85
100
85
100
250 Vdc
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
500 Vdc
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
DC Ratings
IECb
(kA RMS)
Icu/Ics
Special Ratings
240 Vac
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
415 Vac
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CCC
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
HACR (2P, 3P)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Connections/Terminations
Unit Mount
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I-Line™
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rear Connection
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Drawout
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Optional Lugs
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Shunt Trip
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Undervoltage Trip
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Auxiliary Switches
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Alarm Switch
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Motor Operator
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Handle Operators
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Mechanical Interlocks
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Padlock Attachment
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Cylinder Lock
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Optional GF Protection
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Thermal-magnetic
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Instantaneous-only (MCP)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Molded Case Switch (Automatic)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Electronic
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
General Purpose (NEMA 1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Raintight (NEMA 3R)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Dust-tight (NEMA 12)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Accessories and Modifications
Trip System Type
Enclosures
Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)
Height
12.67 (322)
17.28 (439)
17.28 (439)
17.28 (439)
Width
11.25 (286)
17.74 (450)
17.74 (450)
30.94 (786)
Depth
13.00 (331)
18.38 (467)
18.38 (467)
18.38 (467)
Pages
Page DE3-50 and Catalog 0613CT0001
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
Tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as reference by NFPA70E.
b
See Catalog 0613CT0001 for additional ratings and other information.
01/15
Page DE3-50 and Catalog 0613CT0001
DE3-7
DE3
UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Interrupting Ratings
DE3_p08.fm Page 8 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:11 AM
Selection Information
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600, 800
100 A Frame
FH
FHb
FH
Number of Poles
Circuit Breaker Type
FA (240 V)
1, 2, 3
1
FA
2, 3
1
1
2, 3
Current Range
15–100
15–100
15–100
15–30
35–100
15–100
240 Vac
10k
25k
25
65
25
65
480Y/277 Vac
—
18
18
65
25
25
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Interrupting Ratings
UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)
480 Vac
—
—
18
—
—
25
600Y/347 Vac
—
—
14
—
—
18
18
DC Ratings
IEC Rating
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsd
Special Ratings
600 Vac
—
—
14
—
—
250 Vdcl
5c
10c
10
10c
10c
50
500 Vdcal
—
—
—
—
—
20
240 Vac
—
18/9
—
18/9
—
—
415 Vac
10/2.5
10/2.5
10/2.5
10/2.5
10/2.5
10/2.5
—
CCC
—
—
—
—
—
Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN
X
X
X
X
X
X
HACR (2P, 3P)
X
—
X
—
—
—
Connections/Terminations
Unit Mount
X
X
X
X
X
X
I-Line™
X
X
X
X
X
X
Rear Connection
X
X
X
—
—
—
Drawout
—
—
—
—
—
—
Optional Lugs
X
X
X
X
X
X
Shunt Trip
Xfe
—
Xf
—
—
Xf
Undervoltage Trip
Xfe
—
Xf
—
—
Xf
Auxiliary Switches
Xfe
—
Xf
—
—
Xf
Alarm Switch
Xfe
Xf
Xf
Xf
Xf
Xf
Motor Operator
—
—
X
—
—
X
Handle Operators
X
—
X
X
X
X
Mechanical Interlocks (3P)
—
—
X
—
—
X
Handle Padlock Attachment
X
X
X
X
X
X
Cylinder Lock (3Pf)
—
—
X
—
—
X
Optional GF Protectiong
—
—
X
—
—
X
Accessories and Modifications
Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic
X
X
X
X
X
X
Instantaneous-only (MCP)
—
—
X
—
—
X
Molded Case Switch (Automatic)
—
—
—
—
—
X
Electronic
—
—
—
—
—
—
Enclosures (Pages DE3-56–DE3-58)
General Purpose (NEMA 1)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Raintight (NEMA 3R)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Dust-tight (NEMA 12)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)
Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)
Note:
a
b
c
d
e
Height
6 (152)
Width
4.5 (114)
4.5 (114)
Depth
4.13 (105)
4.13 (105)
Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
DE3-63 / Section DE5
All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page DE3-35.
65 kA @120 Vac
1Ø 125 Vdc rating only.
Dual CSA/UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers.
Not available on 1P FA (240 V).
DE3-8
6 (152)
DE3-63 / Section DE5
f
Factory-installed option only.
g
Requires factory-installed “G” Shunt trip and 3P module.
h
Not available in HD and HG 2P rating (2P module).
i
2P in a 3P module.
j
3P only.
k
1P FA is 120 Vac.
l
Not available with electronic trip units
01/15
DE3_p09.fm Page 9 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:11 AM
Selection Information
Molded Case Circuit Breaker
Class 500, 600, 800
400 A L-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type
Q4
LA
LH
Number of Poles
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
250–400
125–400
125–400
Current Range
25
42
65
—
30
35
480 Vac
—
30
35
600Y/347 Vac
—
22
25
600 Vac
—
22
25
250 Vdc
—
10
50
500 Vdca
—
—
20
240 Vac
—
—
—
415 Vac
—
20/5
20/5
CCC
—
—
—
Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN
X
X
X
HACR (2P, 3P)
—
X
X
Unit Mount
X
X
X
I-Line™
X
X
X
Rear Connection
X
X
X
Drawout
—
—
—
Optional Lugs
X
X
X
Shunt Trip
X
X
X
Undervoltage Trip
X
X
X
Auxiliary Switches
X
X
X
Alarm Switch
X
X
X
Motor Operator
X
X
X
Handle Operators
X
X
X
Mechanical Interlocks (3P)
—
Xo
Xo
Handle Padlock Attachment
X
X
X
Cylinder Lock (3P)
X
X
X
Optional GF Protection
—
—
—
Thermal-magnetic
X
X
X
Instantaneous-only (MCP)
—
X
X
Molded Case Switch (Automatic)
—
—
X
Electronic
—
—
—
General Purpose (NEMA 1)
X
X
X
Raintight (NEMA 3R)
X
X
X
Dust-tight (NEMA 12)
X
X
X
Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)
X
X
X
Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)
—
—
—
DC Ratings
IEC 60947-2
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsb
Special Ratings
DE3
240 Vac
480Y/277 Vac
UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Interrupting Ratings
Connections/Terminations
Accessories and Modifications
Trip System Type
Enclosures (Pages DE3-56–DE3-58)
Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)
Note:
a
b
c
01/15
Height
11 (279)
Width
6 (152)
Depth
5.84 (148)
Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page DE3-35.
Dual CSA/UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers.
Requires circuit breaker with WB suffix .
DE3-64 / Section DE5
DE3-9
DE3_p10.fm Page 10 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:11 AM
QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 730, 731, 733 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801
QO™ miniature circuit breakers are plug-on products for use in QO load centers, NQOD panelboards, NQOD OEM interiors or Speed-D™
switchboard distribution panels. Bolt-on QOB circuit breakers are for use in NQOD panelboards or interiors.a
The QO exclusive Qwik-Open™ mechanism, with a trip reaction within 1/60th of a second, is standard on all 1P 15 A and 20 A QO circuit breakers.
Plug-On Circuit Breakers
QO-QOB Ring Terminal (20% $ Price
2P—120/240 Vac
2P—240 Vac c
3P—240 Vac
Adder)—Factory Installed Only
1P—120/240 Vac
Amperes
Rating b
QOT 1P Tandem
1 Space Required
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
QO 1P
1 Space Required
QO 2P
2 Spaces Required
QO2200 2P 200 A
4 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
10 k AIR
10 A
QO110
15 A
QO115 cd
20 A
QO120 cd
25 A
QO125c
30 A
QO130c
35 A
QO135 c
40 A
QO140 c
45 A
QO145c
50 A
QO150c
60 A
QO160c
70 A
QO170c
80 A
—
90 A
—
100 A
—
110 A
—
125 A
—
150 A
—
175 A
—
200 A
—
Molded Case Switch 60 A max.–240 Vac
Molded Case Switch 100 A max.–240 Vac
Common Trip
Common Trip
Common Trip
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
QO210
QO215c
QO220c
QO225c
QO230c
QO235c
QO240c
QO245c
QO250c
QO260c
QO270c
QO280c
QO290c
QO2100c
QO2110c
QO2125c
QO2150cej
QO2175cej
QO2200cej
—
—
—
QO215H
QO220H
QO225H
QO230H
—
QO240H
—
QO250H
QO260H
QO270H
QO280H
QO290H
QO2100H
—
—
—
—
—
QO200
QO2000h
QO310
QO315c
QO320c
QO325c
QO330c
QO335c
QO340c
QO345c
QO350c
QO360c
QO370c
QO380c
QO390c
QO3100c
—
—
—
—
—
QO300
QO3000h
QO115VHd
QO120VHd
QO125VH
QO130VH
—
—
QO215VHf
QO220VHf
QO225VHf
QO230VH f
QO240VHf
QO250VHf
—
—
—
—
—
—
QO315VHf
QO320VHf
QO325VHf
QO330VHf
QO340VHf
QO350VHf
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
QO260VHf
QO270VHf
QO280VHf
QO290VHf
QO2100VHfg
QO2110VHfg
QO2125VHfg
QO2150VHefj
QO2175VHefj
QO2200VHefj
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
QO360VHf
QO370VHf
QO380VHf
QO390VHf
QO3100VH f
—
—
—
—
—
42 k AIRc
40 A
45 A
50 A
—
—
—
QOH240h
QOH245h
QOH250h
—
—
—
—
—
—
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
QOH260h
QOH270
QOH280
QOH290
QOH2100
QOH2110h
QOH2125
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
22 k AIRc
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
40 A
50 A
15 A
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
DE3-10
Poles
10–30 A
35–60 A
35–50 A
70–110 A
60–100 A
1, 2, 3
1,2
3
2
3
Suffix
5237
5238
5273
Wire Sizesb
Circuit Breaker
Type
QO
1P
QO
2P
QO
3P
QOB-VH
QOT
QO-AFI, QO-GFI
& QO-EPD
QO-PL
Ampere
Rating
10–30 A
10–30 A
35–70 A
10–30 A
10–30 A
35–70 A
80–125 A
150–200 A
10–30 A
35–70 A
80–125 A
110–150 A
15–20 A
15–30 A
40, 50, 60 A
10–60 A
Wire Size
(AWG/kcmil)
14–8 Al/Cu
(2) 14–10 Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
14–8 Al/Cu
(2) 14–10 Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
4–2/0 Al/Cu
4–300 Al/Cu
14–8 Al/Cu, (2) 14-10 Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
4–2/0 Al/Cu
4–300 Al/Cu
12–8 Al 14–8 Cu
12–8 Al 14–8 Cu
12–4 Al 14–6 Cu
12–2 Al 14–2 Cu
Replacement Tandem Circuit Breakers
65 k AIRc
QO 3P
3 Spaces Required
Ampere Rating
QH115d
QH215
—
QH315c
20 A
QH120d
QH220
—
QH320
25 A
QH125h
QH225h
—
QH325h
30 A
QH130
QH230
—
QH330
See Section 1 for load centers, and Section 5 for panelboards and interiors.
o
o
10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60 C or 75 C conductors. 35–125 A circuit breakers
are suitable for use with 75oC con Delta systems.
CSA/UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having
motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
CSA/UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting
loads.
Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu.) Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting
loads.
CSA/UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-AFI, QOT,QOCAFI, and QO-PL 10 k AIR
circuit breakers to permit their application at 22 kA fault level.
100 A maximum branch mounted opposite.
Order only. Contact your local Field Office.
Includes two circuit breakers (one QO2030 and one QO3020) and handle tie QOTHT.
Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.
Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-12
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-54
For Use in Old Style Non-Class CTL
QO Load Centers—10 k AIR
Ampere Ratingb
Cat. No.c
$ Price
1P—120/240 Vac—1 Space Required
15 &A 15 A
QO1515
15 A & 20 A
QO1520
20 A & 20 A
QO2020
20 A & 30 A
QO2030
30 A & 20 A
QO3020
Two 1P Individual Trip—120/240 Vac—2 Spaces Required
Order Two QO1515 or QO2020 circuit
15 A & 15 A
breakers and handle tie QOTHT for
15 A & 20 A
common switching of center two poles.
20 A & 20 A
—
—
20 A & 30 A QO20303020i
30 A & 20 A
—
—
01/15
DE3_p011.fm Page 11 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:12 AM
QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801
QO Arc Fault Circuit
1P 120/240 Vac
1P 120 Vac
2P
QO-GFI
Cat. No.
QO115CAFI
QO120CAFI
15 A
20 A
Combination Arc-fault
Interrupter
1P
QO-GFI
1P 120 Vac
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
Ampere
Rating 1 Space Required 1 Space Required
Circuit Breaker Type
Cat. No.
QO115VHCAFI
QO120VHCAFI
QO-GFI
Qwik-Gard™ circuit breakers provide overload and short
circuit protection, combined with Class A ground fault
protection. Class A denotes a ground fault circuit
interrupter that will trip when a fault current to ground is 6
mA or more, for people protection. Do not connect to more
than 250 feet of load conductor for the total one-way run to
prevent nuisance tripping.
Three-wire
QO-SWN
QO 1P
With Shunt Trip
Qwik-Gard Circuit Breakers
With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
2P Common Trip
120/240 Vac
1P 120 Vac
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
10 k AIR
1 Space Required
1 Space Required
2 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
QO115GFI
QO120GFI
QO125GFI
QO130GFI
—
—
—
Cat. No.
QO115VHGFI
QO120VHGFI
QO125VHGFI
QO130VHGFI
—
—
—
Cat. No.
QO215GFI
QO220GFI
QO225GFI
QO230GFI
QO240GFI
QO250GFI
QO260GFId
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
QO-EPD/EPE
QO-EPD/EPE circuit breakers provide overload and short
circuit protection combined with Class B ground fault
protection. They are designed to provide ground fault
protection of equipment at a 30 milliampere level (EPD) or
100 milliamp level (EPE). They are not designed to protect
people from electrical shock.
QO-EPD Circuit Breakers
Ampere Ratingc (A)
Two-wire
QO-SWN
Ampere Ratingc (A)
QO-GFI Circuit Breakers
3P
QO-GFI
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
1P
120 Vac
2P Common Trip
120/240 Vac
3P Common Trip
240 Vac
10 k AIR
10 k AIR
10 k AIR
1 Space
Required
2 Spaces Required
3 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
QO115EPD
QO120EPD
QO125EPD
QO130EPD
—
—
—
QO215EPD
QO220EPD
QO225EPD
QO230EPD
QO240EPD
QO250EPD
QO260EPDd
QO315EPDe
QO320EPDe
—
QO330EPDe
QO340EPDe
QO350EPDe
—
QO315EPEe
QO320EPEe
—
QO330EPEe
QO340EPEe
QO350EPEe
—
QO-SWN
Switch Neutral Common Trip 2008 NEC™ 514.11
Ampere
Ratingc
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
40 A
50 A
2 Wire 120 Vac
3 Wire 120/240 Vac
Ampere
Ratingc
10 k AIR
10 k AIR
2 Spaces Required
3 Spaces Required
10 A
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
40 A
50 A
Cat. No.
QO210SWN
QO215SWN
QO220SWN
QO225SWN
QO230SWN
QO240SWN
QO250SWN
Cat. No.
—
QO315SWN
QO320SWN
—
QO330SWN
QO340SWN
QO350SWN
2P Common Trip
120/240 Vac
3P Common Trip
240 Vac
10 k AIR
10 k AIR
10 k AIR
1 Space Required
2 Spaces Required
3 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
QO115HIDb
QO120HIDb
QO125HID
QO130HID
QO140HID
QO150HID
Cat. No. $ Price
QO215HID
QO220HID
QO225HID
QO230HID
QO240HID
QO250HID
Cat. No. $ Price
QO315HID
QO320HID
QO325HID
QO330HID
—
—
QO-K
Key operated QO circuit breakers are available in singlepole construction and can be mounted in any single-pole
space which will accept a standard QO. These circuit
breakers can be turned ON or OFF or to RESET with a
special key (catalog number QOK10) included with the
circuit breaker. These circuit breakers are UL Listed and
available as shown in the table.
QO-K Circuit Breakers
120 Vac—10 k AIR (1 Space Required)
Ampere Rating c
10 A
15 A
20 A
30 A
Cat. No.
QO110K
QO115K
QO120K
QO130K
QO-HM
High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for
applications where high initial inrush may occur and for
individual dimmer applications.
QO-HM Circuit Breakers
1P
Ampere Ratingc
Cat. No
120 Vac—10 k AIR
15 A
20 A
QO115HMab
QO120HMab
Non-automatic (Standard) Miniature Switches
Miniature non-automatic switches have the same physical
packaging as miniature circuit breakers, but open only
when the handle is switched to the OFF position.
Non-automatic switches provide no overcurrent protection
or short circuit protection. They must not be used on
systems that have an available fault current greater than
the values listed in the table.
Non-automatic switches are UL Listed per UL 1087 and
are CSA certified.
QO, 240 Vac 10 kA
Ampere
Rating
60 A
100 A
a
b
QO-SWN Circuit Breakers
QO-K Key
Operated
QO-HID Circuit Breakers
Breakersa
c
d
e
2P
3P
Cat. No.
QO200
QO2000
Cat. No.
QO300
QO3000
CSA/UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and
refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked
for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
CSA/UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching
120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60° C or 75° C
conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75° C
conductors.
Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not
contain load neutral connection.
See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a
QO403 or QON prefix.
Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-54
QO-HID
01/15
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
1P
QO-AFI
DE3
QO™ Arc-Fault Circuit Breaker
QO arc-fault circuit breakers provide branch feeder
protection for series and parallel-type arcing as required by
the NEC and local code adoption, and comply with
UL1699.
HID circuit breakers are for use on circuits feeding
fluorescent and high intensity discharge (HID) lighting
systems such as mercury vapor, metal halide, or high
pressure sodium. These circuit breakers are physically
interchangeable with QO circuit breakers.
DE3-11
DE3_p012.fm Page 12 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:13 AM
QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
QO™ Circuit Breaker Accessories
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801
Accessories for Use with QO™ and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Handle Attachments
Description
Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P QO circuit breakers to independent trip 2P
Handle Tie:
Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breakers to independent trip 2P
Handle tie and lock-off for three 1P QO, QOB circuit breakers
Clamp for holding QO 1P handle in ON or OFF position
Handle Clamp:
Clamp for holding QO or Q1 1P, 2P or 3P circuit breaker handles in ON or OFF position
For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in ON or OFF position
Loose attachment
Fixed attachment
For padlocking 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breaker in ON or OFF position
Handle Padlock Attachment: for
Padlocking in ON or OFF position
For padlocking 2P and 3P QO-GFI, QO-EPD, and QO-EPE in either ON or OFF position, fixed attachment.
For 2P and 3P QO and Q1 standard circuit breakers which require padlocking in either ON or OFF position.
Loose attachment
Fixed attachment
For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment.
For padlocking 2P and 3P QO circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment.
Handle Padlock Attachment: for
Padlocking in OFF position
For padlocking 1P QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-CAFI, and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment.
For padlocking 2P and 3P QO-GFI, QO-EPD, and QO-EPE circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment.
Sub-Feed Lugs
60 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (6–2 Al/Cu)
125 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu)
225 A 2P plug-on – 4 spaces required (4–300 Al/Cu)
125 A 3P plug-on – 3 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu)
For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that only one circuit
Mechanical Interlock Attachment
breaker can be ON at a time (Not QOU)
QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit breakers in dual power supply
With Retaining Kit:
applications. Can be used with (2) 2Ps or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers.
a
Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.
QO1PL
QO1PA
QOHPL
QO1PA
QOTHPA
GFI2PA
QO1HPL
QO1PL
QO1PAF
QO2PAF
QOGFI1PAF
QOGFI2PAF
QO60SL
QO2125SL
QO2225SLa
QO3125SL
QO2DTI
QO2DTIM
QO1PAF
QO1LO
QO1HT
Cat. No.
QO1HT
QOTHT
QO3HT
QO1LO
HLO1
HLO1
QO2DTI
QO2PAF
QO1HPL
QOGFI2PAF
QOTHPA
QOHPL
Factory-Installed Accessories for Use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers
Factory-installed electrical accessories take up an additional pole space on QO™, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-SWN and
QOU circuit breakers. All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz. Accessories are not available
for QOB-VH (2P 150 A and 3P 110–150 A) circuit breakers or QO, QOU molded case switches. QO circuit breakers will
accept only one accessory per circuit breaker. Undervoltage trip is not available on miniature circuit breakers. Factoryinstalled accessories are not available for QO-AFI or QO-CAFI Arc Fault Circuit Breakers or on QO2150, QO2175, or
QO2200 circuit breakers.
Factory-Installed Accessories
Accessory
Description
Rated
Voltage
Trips the circuit breaker from a remote AC/DC
location by means of a trip coil
energized from a separate circuit. A
AC
120 Vac shunt trip will operate at 55%
or more of rated voltage. All other shunt
trips will operate at 75% or more of
rated voltage.
Shunt Trip
DE3-12
Application
• For use with momentary or
maintained push button.
• Not available on QO-GFI, QOEPD, QO-AFI, QOCAFI.
• Shunt trip terminals accept
(2) 14–12 AWG Cu.
12
24
120
208
240
Coil
Burden
60 VA
168 VA
72 VA
228 VA
288 VA
Cat. No.
Suffix
Accessory
-1042
-1021
Auxiliary
Switches
Description
Monitors circuit breaker contact status and
provides a remote signal indicating the circuit
breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED.
Application
•
Contact
Comb.
Max.
Voltage
Max.
Load
Cat. No.
Suffix
1A
1B
AC 120
AC 120
5A
5A
-1200
-1201
1A
AC 120
5A
-2100
Auxiliary switch terminals accept
(2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads.
Used with control circuits and is actuated only
when the circuit breaker has tripped. Standard
construction includes a normally-open contact.
Alarm Switches
Application
•
Alarm switch terminals accept
(2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads.
01/15
DE3_p013.fm Page 13 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:13 AM
QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
QO™ and Multi 9™ Mounting Bases
Class 652 / Catalogs 0730CT9801, 0860CT0201
QO OEM Mounting Bases
Main Lug
Rating
1P
Spaces
Max. No.
1P
Mounting Bases
Main Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
Cat. No.
QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI, QO-AFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers
1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
70 A
2
2
QON2L70
40 A
2
2
QON2L40
70 A
2
4
QON24L70
100 A
6
12
QON612L100
100 A
8
16
QON816L100
125 A
12
12
QON112L125I
1Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
125 A
16
16
QON116L125I
125 A
20
20
QON120L125I
125 A
32
32
QON132L125I
200 A
12
12
QON124L200I
200 A
12
12
QON12L200FTLb
225 A
42
42
QON142L225I
125 A
12
12
QON312L125
200 A
18
18
QON318L200
3Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
(Without Neutral Assy.)
200 A
24
24
QON324L200
200 A
30
30
QON330L200
60 A
3
3
QON403L60N
3Ø4W 240 Vac Max.
125
A
24
24
QON324L125I
10 k AIC
200 A
24
24
QON324L200I
QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers
70 A
1
1
QOMB1
1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
70 A
2
2
QOMB2
(Without Neutral Assembly)
70 A
3
3
QOMB3
SN12125
QON2L40
14–4 Cu 12–2 Al
14–4 Cu 12–2 Al
14–4 Cu 12–2 Al
12–1 Cu/Al
DE3
QOB Bolt-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QOB, QOB-GFI, QOB-EPD circuit breakers
3Ø3W 240 Vac Max.10 k AIC
100 A
3
3
QON3Bc
(Without Neutral Assembly)
b
Device comes with factory-installed feed-thru lugs.
c
UL listed only.
14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al
14–6 Cu, 12–6 Al
14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al
8–1/0 Cu/Al
8–1/0 Cu/Al
4–2/0 Cu/Al
4–2/0 Cu/Al
4–2/0 Cu/Al
4–2/0 Cu/Al
4–250 Cu/Al
4–250 Cu/Al
4–300 Cu/Al
4–2/0 Cu/Al
4–300 Cu/Al
4–300 Cu/Al
4–300 Cu/Al
12–6 Cu/Al
4–2/0 Cu/Al
4–300 Cu/Al
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Voltage System
QON120L125I
Solid Neutral Assemblies
Main Lug
Rating
Number of Branch
Neutral Terminals
Cat. No.
125 A
200 A
200 A
20
12
30
SN20
SN1200
SN30
$ Price
Main Neutral Lug Wire Size
Cu/Al
4–2/0 AWG
4 AWG–300 kcmil
4 AWG–300 kcmil
Branch Neutral Terminal Wire Size
Cu
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG
Al
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG
Multi-9 Mounting Bases for CSA C22.2 No. 5/UL489 C60, 240 Vac max.
Description
One-conductor
Mounting Base
Two-conductor
Mounting Base
Three-conductor
Mounting Base
Poles
12
24
36
48
60
12
24
36
48
60
12
24
36
48
60
Amperes
200 A
150 A
200 A
100 A
Length
in.
10.4
14.4
19
23
27.5
10.4
14.4
19
23
27.5
10.4
14.4
19
23
27.5
US Mounting Base
200 A
for CSA C22.2 No. 5/UL489
C60
(3 conductor shown)
Accessories for US Mounting Base for CSA C22.2 No. 5/UL489 C60
mm
264
366
483
584
699
264
366
483
584
699
264
366
483
584
699
Description
Main lug kit for US mounting bases, 1 lug per kit, for 6 AWG to 300 kcmil cable
Terminal cover for US mounting base; provides IP20 ingress protection per IEC 60529; suitable for jumper bars or cable
01/15
Cat. No.
US11220018
US12420018
US13620018
US14820018
US16020018
US21215018
US22420018
US23620018
US24820018
US26020018
US31210018
US32420018
US33620018
US34820018
US36020018
Cat. No.
USMBLK
USMBTC
DE3-13
DE3_p014.fm Page 14 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:13 AM
QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 720 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801
QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
Low Ampere QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
QOU unit mount miniature circuit breakers (cable-in/cable-out) are ideal for OEM applications. They have the Square D™
circuit breaker’s unique Visi-Trip™ feature and can be DIN rail-mounted or surface- or flush-mounted using mounting feet.
General Specifications Common to All Low Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers
•
For convenient flush mount, surface mount or DIN mount
(symmetrical rail 35 x 7.5 DIN/EN 50 022)
Single handle with internal common trip
Terminal lug wire size (1) 14–2 AWG Cu or Al
Reversible line and load lugs
Field-installable quick connectors
Low Ampere QOU
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
CSA/UL Listed 48 Vdc (5 k AIR)
CSA/UL Listed as HACR Type: 10–70 A
High magnetic trip circuit breakers (QOU-HM) are recommended
for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for
individual dimmer applications.
QOU Low Ampere Miniature Circuit Breakers
Ampere
Rating
1P 120/240 Vac
2P 120/240 Vac
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.a
2P 240 Vac
3P 240 Vac
QOU110
QOU115
QOU120
QOU125
QOU130
QOU135
QOU140
QOU145
QOU150
QOU160
QOU170
QOU210
QOU215
QOU220
QOU225
QOU230
QOU235
QOU240
QOU245
QOU250
QOU260
QOU270
—
QOU215H
QOU220H
QOU225H
QOU230H
—
—
—
—
—
—
QOU310
QOU315
QOU320
QOU325
QOU330
QOU335
QOU340
QOU345
QOU350
QOU360
QOU370
QOU215VH
QOU220VH
QOU225VH
QOU230VH
QOU235VH
QOU240VH
QOU245VH
QOU250VH
QOU260VH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
QOU315VH
QOU320VH
QOU325VH
QOU330VH
—
—
—
—
—
$ Price
Cat. No.
10 k AIR
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
10 A
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
DE3
22 k AIR
a
15 A
QOU115VH
20 A
QOU120VH
25 A
QOU125VH
30 A
QOU130VH
35 A
QOU135VH
40 A
QOU140VH
45 A
QOU145VH
50 A
QOU150VH
60 A
QOU160VH
QOU-H interrupting rating is 10 kA at 240 Vac.
QOU-HM Miniature Circuit Breakers (10 k AIR)
Ampere
Rating
15 A
20 A
High Ampere QOU
1P 120/240 Vac
2P 120/240 Vac
2P 240 Vac
3P 240 Vac
Cat. No.
QOU115HM
QOU120HM
Cat. No.
—
—
Cat. No.
—
—
Cat. No.
—
—
High Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers
General Specifications Common to All High Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers
•
•
•
•
•
Flush mount, surface mount, and DIN rail mount.
Internal common trip.
Non-reversible line and load lugs.
Terminal lug wire size (1) 12– 2/0 AWG Cu or Al.
UL Listed 60 Vdc per pole (5 k AIR). (Note: except switches)
•
•
CSA/UL Listed as HACR type, 80–125 A.
Non-automatic switches have the same physical packaging
as miniature circuit breakers, but provide no overcurrent or
short circuit protection. They are UL Listed per UL1087 and
are CSA certified.
QOU High Ampere Miniature Circuit Breakers (10 k AIR)
Ampere
Rating
80 A
90 A
100 A
125 A
1P 120/240 Vac
2P 120/240 Vac
2P 240 Vac
3P 240 Vac
Cat. No.
QOU180
QOU190
QOU1100
—
Cat. No.
QOU280
QOU290
QOU2100
QOU2125
Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
Cat. No.
QOU380
QOU390
QOU3100
—
QOU Non-Automatic Switches
Ampere
Rating
60 A
100 A
125 A
1P 120 Vac
2P 120/240 Vac
2P 240 Vac
3P 240 Vac
Cat. No.
—
—
—
Cat. No.
—
—
—
Cat. No.
QOU200
QOU2000
QOU20001
Cat. No.
QOU300
QOU3000
QOU30001
Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-12, DE3-15
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-54
DE3-14
01/15
DE3_p015.fm Page 15 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:14 AM
QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
QOU Accessories
Class 720 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801
Cat. No.
Factory-installed ring tongue terminal, 10–32 screw, for 1P, 2P, 3P QOU, 10–60 A
Hex drive 5/32 in. wire binding screw for QOU
For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON position
For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON position
For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only
For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only
For padlocking 2P and 3P high ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only
Handle lock-out, ON or OFF position
4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw
4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/right side wiring with base, cover and screw
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
Suffix -5283
Suffix -5280
QOU1PA
QOU1PL
QOU1PAFLA
QOU2PAFLA
Suffix -7100
HLO1
QOU14100JBAF
QOU14100JBAR
4P Jumper Bar
Assembly Base
Cover and Cover Screw
QOU14100JBAF
4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/left side wiring with base, cover and screw
1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with front wiring
1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring
1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring
4P Jumper bar cover
Mounting screw for jumper bar cover
6P 150 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw
1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with front wiring
1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring
1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring
6P jumper bar cover
1
40
40
40
40
40
1
40
40
40
40
1
10
1
10
1
40
1
40
1
40
1
40
1
40
1
40
1
80
1
40
1
40
1
80
1
40
1
24
QOU14100JBAL
QOU14100BAFB
QOU14100BALB
QOU14100BARB
QOU14100CAB
QOU1CMSB
QOU16150JBAF
QOU16150BAFB
QOU16150BALB
QOU16150BARB
QOU16150CAB
BCVa
BCVBa
BCHa
BCHBa
QOUHFSC1
QOUHFSC1B
QOULFSC1
QOULFSC1B
QOUCP2
QOUCP2B
QOUCP3
QOUCP3B
QOUCP4
QOUCP4B
QOUCP6
QOUCP6B
QOURT
QOURTB
QOUEC
QOUECB
QOUFR
QOUFRB
QOUMF1a
QOUMF1Ba
QOUMF2a
QOUMF2Ba
QOUMF3a
QOUMF3Ba
QOURT
Field-installable
Ring Tongue Terminal
Connector
QOUEC Fieldinstallable
Quick Connector
Crimp connectors are
not included with
Square D brand connectors
1
80
Suffix -3100
QOUMFS1
QOUMFS1B
1
QOU2DTILA b
Vertical rainproof cover 2P and 3P QO, QOU, FA and KA
Horizontal rainproof cover 2P QO, QOU, and 3P Q2, EH
1P Fingersafe™ cover for high ampere QOU circuit breaker
1P Fingersafe cover for low ampere QOU circuit breaker
Cover plate for one 2P QOU circuit breaker
2P DIN Mounted QOU Circuit Breakers
Cover plate for one 3P QOU circuit breaker
Cover plate for two 2P QOU circuit breakers
Cover plate for three 2P QOU circuit breakers
Field-installable ring tongue terminal adaptor
Mounting Foot
QOUMF1
Quick connector end connection wiring
Quick connector forward or reverse wiring
1P QOU mounting foot
2P QOU mounting foot
3P QOU mounting foot
Tapped Mounting Foot
Suffix–3100
Tapped mounting foot for QOU, 1P and 2P 10–70 A, 3P 10–60 A
Packaged with circuit breaker
Individually packaged
Bulk packed
Mechanical interlock attachment: Used to interlock two circuit breakers mounted
side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time. A 1P or 2P circuit breaker can
be mounted on the left and interlocked with a 2P or 3P circuit breaker on the right.
a
For use on low and high ampere QOU.
b
10–70 A 1P and 2P, 10–60 A 3P.
For QOUQ Low Ampere Circuit Breakers with Four-Point Quick-Connect
Terminals
QOUQ low ampere circuit breakers with four-point quick-connect terminals are provided
with permanent factory-installed terminals which are affixed to the Load or OFF end of the
circuit breaker. This special terminal will accommodate up to four 1/4-inch insulated female
quick connect wire terminations. Total ampacity of these connections must not exceed the
rating of the circuit breaker.
QOUQ Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals
Poles
Order Qty.
Cat. No.
1
2
3
1
1
1
Change QOU to
QOUQ
Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals
Electrical Accessories for QOU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-12
01/15
DE3-15
DE3
Order
Qty.
Description
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Accessories for QOU Low Ampere Circuit Breakers (Except as Noted)
DE3_p016.fm Page 16 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:14 AM
Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
CSA C22.2 No. 5/UL 489 C60 Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201
Multi 9 C60 CSA C22.2 No. 5/UL 489 Listed 240 V
Miniature Circuit Breakers
•
•
•
•
10 k AIR (1P @ 120 Vac; 2P and 3P @ 240 Vac)
60 Vdc for 1P and 125 Vdc for 2P (on C-curve circuit breakers
only, see table below)
Increased installation flexibility with standard box lugs or
optional ring terminals
Allows easy front-mounting and rear wiring when using ring
terminals
A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories
Suitable for reverse feeding
Trip-free mechanism
Positive indication of contact disconnect
UL 489 Listed and CSA 22.2 No. 5.1 for branch
circuit protection
Eliminates concerns and uncertainty of using a CSA C22.2
No. 235/UL 1077 device where a CSA C22.2 No. 5/UL 489
device is required
Replaces fuses in low-ampere range; 17 ratings up to 35 A
•
•
Trip Curve
1P C60
Box lug
Use
Magnetic Release
C
For typical loads
7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC)
D
For high inrush
10–14 x ampere rating
•
•
•
•
•
CSA C22.2 No. 5/UL 489 Circuit Breakers (120/240 V)
C Curve—7–10 Times Ampere Rating (7–14 DC)
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Rating (A)
D Curve—10–14 Times Ampere Rating
1Pa
2Pb
3P
1P
2P
3P
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
60100
60101
60102
60103
60104
60105
60106
60107
60108
60109
60134
60135
60136
60137
60138
60139
60140
60141
60142
60143
—
60168
60169
60170
60171
60172
60173
60174
60175
60176
60117
60118
60119
60120
60121
60122
60123
60124
60125
60126
60151
60152
60153
60154
60155
60156
60157
60158
60159
60160
—
60184
60185
60186
60187
60188
60189
60190
60191
60192
10
13
15
20
25
30
35
60110
60111
60112
60113
60114
60115
60116
60144
60145
60146
60147
60148
60149
60150
60177
60178
60179
60180
60181
60182
60183
60127
60128
60129
60130
60131
60132
60133
60161
60162
60163
60164
60165
60166
60167
60193
60194
60195
60196
60197
60198
60199
60200
60201
60202
60203
60204
60205
60206
60207
60234
60235
60236
60237
60238
60239
60240
60241
—
60268
60269
60270
60271
60272
60273
60274
60217
60218
60219
60220
60221
60222
60223
60224
60251
60252
60253
60254
60255
60256
60257
60258
—
60284
60285
60286
60287
60288
60289
60290
7
60208
8
60209
10
60210
13
60211
15
60212
20
60213
25
60214
30
60215
35
60216
1P dual rated 120 Vac/60 Vdc.
2P dual rated 240 Vac/125 Vdc.
60242
60243
60244
60245
60246
60247
60248
60249
60250
60275
60276
60277
60278
60279
60280
60281
60282
60283
60225
60226
60227
60228
60229
60230
60231
60232
60233
60259
60260
60261
60262
60263
60264
60265
60266
60267
60291
60292
60293
60294
60295
60296
60297
60298
60299
DE3
Box Lug/Box Lug
2P C60
Box lug
Ring Tongue/Ring Tongue
0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
3P C60
Box lug
a
b
Ring Tongue C60
DE3-16
Interrupting ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-20
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-54
Mounting Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-13
01/15
DE3_p017.fm Page 17 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:15 AM
Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201
CSA C22.2 No. 5/UL 489 C60 480 Vac C60 Miniature Circuit Breakers
Multi 9 C60 CSA C22.2 No.5/UL 489 Listed 480V Miniature Circuit Breakers
•
•
•
•
UL 489 Listed, CSA C22.2 No. 5.1; Also IEC 60947-2; CE marked
480Y/277 Vac @ 10 kA (2P and 3P), 277 Vac @ 10 kA (1P)
0.5 A through 20 A
1P, 2P, 3P, 18 mm wide per pole
Trip Curve
C
D
•
•
•
•
•
•
Magnetic Release
7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC)
For high inrush
10–14 x ampere rating
UL 486B Listed single-barrel lug: (2) 18–10 AWG (1-25 mm2) cables, Cu only
Optional ring tongue terminals
A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories
Suitable for reverse feeding
Trip-free mechanism
Positive indication of contact disconnect
CSA C22.2 No.5/UL 489 Circuit Breakers (480Y/277 Vac)
C Curve—7–10 Times Ampere Rating (7–14 DC)
Rating (A)
D Curve—10–14 Times Ampere Rating
1P
2P
3P
1P
2P
3P
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
1P
UL489 C60
Use
For typical loads
2P
UL489 C60
0.5
MGN61300
—
—
MGN61333
—
—
1
MGN61301
MGN61312
MGN61323
MGN61334
MGN61345
MGN61356
MGN61357
2
MGN61302
MGN61313
MGN61324
MGN61335
MGN61346
3
MGN61303
MGN61314
MGN61325
MGN61336
MGN61347
MGN61358
4
MGN61304
MGN61315
MGN61326
MGN61337
MGN61348
MGN61359
MGN61360
5
MGN61305
MGN61316
MGN61327
MGN61338
MGN61349
6
MGN61306
MGN61317
MGN61328
MGN61339
MGN61350
MGN61361
8
MGN61307
MGN61318
MGN61329
MGN61340
MGN61351
MGN61362
10
MGN61308
MGN61319
MGN61330
MGN61341
MGN61352
MGN61363
15
MGN61309
MGN61320
MGN61331
MGN61342
MGN61353
MGN61364
20
MGN61310
MGN61321
MGN61332
MGN61343
MGN61354
MGN61365
Ring Tongue Terminal
3P
UL489 C60
0.5
MGN61366
—
—
MGN61399
—
—
1
MGN61367
MGN61378
MGN61389
MGN61400
MGN61411
MGN61422
MGN61423
2
MGN61368
MGN61379
MGN61390
MGN61401
MGN61412
3
MGN61369
MGN61380
MGN61391
MGN61402
MGN61413
MGN61424
4
MGN61370
MGN61381
MGN61392
MGN61403
MGN61414
MGN61425
MGN61426
5
MGN61371
MGN61382
MGN61393
MGN61404
MGN61415
6
MGN61372
MGN61383
MGN61394
MGN61405
MGN61416
MGN61427
8
MGN61373
MGN61384
MGN61395
MGN61406
MGN61417
MGN61428
10
MGN61374
MGN61385
MGN61396
MGN61407
MGN61418
MGN61429
15
MGN61375
MGN61386
MGN61397
MGN61408
MGN61419
MGN61430
20
MGN61376
MGN61387
MGN61398
MGN61409
MGN61420
MGN61431
Interrupting Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-20
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-54
01/15
DE3-17
DE3
Single-Barrel Wire Lug
DE3_p018.fm Page 18 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:15 AM
Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
UL1077 C60H Circuit Breakers
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201
Multi 9 C60H-DC UL 1077 Recognized (not CSA certified) Supplementary Protectors (250 and 500
Vdc)
The C60H-DC supplementary protectors are used in direct current circuits (industrial control and automation, transport,
renewable energy, etc.). They provide overcurrent protection within appliances or electrical equipment.
1P C60H-DC
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Range from 0.5–40 A
5 k AIR at 250 Vdc (1-pole) and 5 k AIR at 500 Vdc (2-pole, wired in series)
Trip-free mechanism
Positive indication of contact disconnect
C-Curve: 7 to14 times ampere rating
UL 1077, IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2, GB 14048.2, CCC and CE mark
Not CSA certified
.
Multi 9 C60H-DC UL 1077 Recognized (not CSA certified) Supplementary Protectors
2P C60H-DC
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
1-Pole
24–250 Vdc
a
DE3-18
Current (A)a
Cat. No.
0.5
MGN61500
1
MGN61501
2
MGN61502
3
MGN61503
4
MGN61504
5
MGN61505
6
MGN61506
10
MGN61508
13
MGN61509
15
MGN61510
16
MGN61511
20
MGN61512
25
MGN61513
30
MGN61514
32
MGN61515
40
MGN61517
At 25°C/77°F, for other temperatures see temperature derating table in Multi 9 Catalogue 0860CT0201.
2-Pole
24–500 Vdc
Cat. No.
MGN61520
MGN61521
MGN61522
MGN61523
MGN61524
MGN61525
MGN61526
MGN61528
MGN61529
MGN61530
MGN61531
MGN61532
MGN61533
MGN61534
MGN61535
MGN61537
01/15
DE3_p019.fm Page 19 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:16 AM
Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801
Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
CSA C22.2 No. 235/UL 1077 C60 Supplementary Protectors
Intended for use within equipment where branch circuit
protection is already provided or not needed
•
•
•
•
•
Range from 0.5 to 63 A
10 k AIR @ 120/240 Vac; 5 k AIR at 480Y/277; 10 k AIR @ 60
Vdc (1P) and 125 Vdc (2P)
Suitable for reverse feeding
DIN mounting for easy installation
Suitable for reverse feeding
•
•
•
A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories
Trip-free mechanism
Positive indication of contact disconnect
Trip Curve
B
C
D
Use
For sensitive equipment
For typical loads
For high inrush
Magnetic Release
3.2–4.8 x ampere rating
7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC)
10–14 x ampere rating
2P
UL 1077 C60
3P
UL 1077 C60
4P
UL 1077 C60
1P
Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-3
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-20
01/15
$ Price
B Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 3.2 and 4.8 Times Ampere Rating
1
MG24110
1.2
MG17402
1.5
MG17403
2
MG24111
3
MG24112
4
MG24113
5
MG17404
6
MG24114
7
MG17405
8
MG24115
10
MG24116
13
MG24117
15
MG17406
16
MG24118
20
MG24119
25
MG24120
30
MG17407
32
MG24121
35
MG17408
40
MG24122
50
MG24123
60
MG17409
63
MG24124
C Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 7 and 10 Times Ampere Rating
0.5
MG17411
1
MG24425
1.2
MG17412
1.5
MG17413
2
MG24426
3
MG24427
4
MG24428
5
MG17414
6
MG24430
7
MG17415
8
MG24431
10
MG24432
13
MG24433
15
MG17416
16
MG24434
20
MG24435
25
MG24436
30
MG17417
32
MG24437
35
MG17418
40
MG24438
50
MG24439
60
MG17419
63
MG24440
D Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 10 and 14 Times Ampere Rating
0.5
MG17421
1
MG24500
1.2
MG17422
1.5
MG17423
2
MG24501
3
MG24502
4
MG24503
5
MG17424
6
MG24504
7
MG17425
8
MG24505
10
MG24506
13
MG24507
15
MG17426
16
MG24508
20
MG24509
25
MG24510
30
MG17427
32
MG24511
35
MG17428
40
MG24512
50
MG24513
60
MG17429
63
MG24514
2P
3P
4P
MG24125
MG17432
MG17433
MG24126
MG24127
MG24128
MG17434
MG24129
MG17435
MG24130
MG24131
MG24132
MG17436
MG24133
MG24134
MG24135
MG17437
MG24136
MG17438
MG24137
MG24138
MG17439
MG24139
MG24140
—
—
MG24141
MG24142
MG24143
—
MG24144
—
MG24145
MG24146
MG24147
MG17461
MG24148
MG24149
MG24150
MG17462
MG24151
MG17463
MG24152
MG24153
MG17464
MG24154
MG24155
—
—
MG24156
MG24157
MG24158
—
MG24159
—
MG24160
MG24161
MG24162
—
MG24163
MG24164
MG24165
—
MG24166
—
MG24167
MG24168
—
MG24169
—
MG24442
MG17442
MG17443
MG24443
MG24444
MG24445
MG17444
MG24447
MG17445
MG24448
MG24449
MG24450
MG17446
MG24451
MG24452
MG24453
MG17447
MG24454
MG17448
MG24455
MG24456
MG17449
MG24457
—
MG24459
—
—
MG24460
MG24461
MG24462
—
MG24464
—
MG24465
MG24466
MG24467
MG17466
MG24468
MG24469
MG24470
MG17467
MG24471
MG17468
MG24472
MG24473
MG17469
MG24474
—
MG24476
—
—
MG24477
MG24478
MG24479
—
MG24481
—
MG24482
MG24483
MG24484
—
MG24485
MG24486
MG24487
—
MG24488
—
MG24489
MG24490
—
MG24491
—
—
—
MG24516
MG24532
MG24548
MG17452
—
—
MG17453
—
—
MG24517
MG24533
MG24549
MG24518
MG24534
MG24550
MG24519
MG24535
MG24551
MG17454
—
—
MG24520
MG24536
MG24552
MG17455
—
—
MG24521
MG24537
MG24553
MG24522
MG24538
MG24554
MG24523
MG24539
MG24555
MG17456
MG17471
—
MG24524
MG24540
MG24556
MG24525
MG24541
MG24557
MG24526
MG24542
MG24558
MG17457
MG17472
—
MG24527
MG24543
MG24559
MG17458
MG17473
—
MG24528
MG24544
MG24560
MG24529
MG24545
MG24561
MG17459
MG17474
—
MG24530
MG24546
MG24562
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-54
DE3-19
DE3
Rating (A)
1P
UL 1077 C60
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
CSA C22.2 No. 235/UL 1077 Supplementary Protectors
DE3_p020.fm Page 20 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:16 AM
Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
C60 Accessories
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201
Electrical Accessories for C60 Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors
Possible Combinations
Mounted to the left of the circuit breaker with a maximum width of 54 mm.
+
+
+
+
Spacer
Ring Tongue
Terminal Kit
MX
Shunt trip + Aux
Switch
OF
Auxiliary Switch
MN
Undervoltage
Release
C60
Multi 9 C60 Electrical Accessories
C60 Padlock
Attachment
(1 per 1P,2P, 3P or 4P)
Control Voltage
Descriptions
OF Auxiliary Switch (1a1b)
SD Alarm Switch (1a1b)
MX Shunt Trip + OF Auxiliary Switch
(1a1b)
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Max. 54 mm
SD
Alarm Switch
MN Undervoltage Release
Rotary Handle
Vac
12–277
12–277
24
48
110–240–277
24
48
120
240
Vdc
12–125
12–125
24
48
125
24
48
—
—
Width in 9 mm
modules
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
C60
UL/IEC
Cat. No.
MG26925
MG26928
27118
27110
27109
27108
27106
27107
27105
Multi 9 C60 Mechanical Accessories
C60
Descriptions
Ring tongue terminal kit for UL1077 C60
Spacer for DIN rail, Not UL Recognized
Padlock Attachment (1 per for 1P, 2P, 3P or 4P)
Padlocking Device Left Side Mount, Locks OFF onlya
Padlocking Device Right Side Mount, Locks OFF onlyb
Front Mounting Kit for C60
1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
(1 per circuit breaker)
Front Mounting Kit
Terminal Screw Shield (Not UL Recognized)
Terminal cover (Not CSA/UL Recognized)
For one pole
9 mm wide
2 per pack
1 per pack
1P
2P
3P
4P
Bag of two
4P shields
1P
2P
3P
4P
Tooth Caps for UL Comb Bus Bar, Bag of 20
Rotary Handle for C60 (Non UL Recognized)
Operating Subassembly
Door Interlock Handle
Fixed Handle (Front or Lateral)
MGN26380 Locking
Device Left Side Mount
MGN26381 Locking Device
Right Side Mount
Multi-pole Front Mounting Kit
Rail Support (20 of 9 mm modules)
Hinged Transparent Cover
a
b
2P/3P/4P
Cat. No.
17400
MG27062
MG26970
MGN26380
MGN26381
MG26983
MG26984
MG26985
MG26989
MG26981
MG26975
MG26976
MG26975+MG26976
MG26978
60488
MG27046
MG27047
MG27048
14211
14210
Left-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with accessories SD, OF, MX or MN. Use rightside mounted padlocking device when accessories are required.
Right-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with VIGI module. Use left-side mounted
padlocking device when VIGI Module is required..
Multi-pole
Front Mounting Kit
DE3-20
01/15
DE3_p021.fm Page 21 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:23 AM
PowerPact™ Molded Case Circuit Breakers
PowerPact Family
Class 611
The PowerPact Advantage
• Proven Performance: Industry-leading circuit breaker innovation and protection for heavy-duty commercial and industrial
applications.
Smart: Integrated metering options provide a cost-effective solution to reduce energy consumption, optimize energy costs, and
improve energy availablility for your facilities.
Flexible: Full range of thermal-magnetic and electronic trip molded case circuit breakers from 15 A to 3000 A, delivering the ratings,
configurations, and operators for your unique applications.
Simple: Common catalog numbers, standardized ratings, and a full range of field-installable accessories make product selection,
installation and maintenance easier than ever.
Common Design Features: Mounting holes, door trim, and handle accessories.
•
•
•
•
J-Frame
250 A
Q-Frame
250 A
L-Frame
600 A
M-Frame
800 A
P-Frame
1200 A
R-Frame
3000 A
PowerPact Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating
Voltage
240 Vac
B
D
G
J
K
L
R
10 kA
25 kA
65 kA
100 kA
65 kA
125 kA
200 kA
18 kA
35 kA
65 kA
65 kA a
100 kA
200 kA
18 kA
25 kA
65 kA a
50 kAb
100 kA
480 Vac
a
b
600 Vac
14 kA
P-frame K interrupting is 50 kA at 480 and 600 Vac.
P-frame L interrupting is 25 kA at 600 Vac.
Poles
Voltage
L
3
6
1
5
0
A
Suffix
Code
Termination
G
Suffix
Code
Rating
H
Amperage
c
Frame
Common Catalog Numbering System
B
S
A
110 Vac Shunt Trip
2A/2B Auxiliary Switch
Frame Designation
H 150 A Frame
J 250 A Frame
Q 250 A Frame
L 600 A Frame
M 800 A Frame
P 1200 A Frame
R 3000 A Frame
c
B
D
G
J
K
L
R
Interrupting Rating
240 Vac
480 Vac
10 kA
25 kA
18 kA
65 kA
35 kA
100 kA
65 kA
65 kA
65 kA
125 kA
100 kA
200 kA
200 kA
600Vac
14 kA
18 kA
25 kA
65 kA
50 kA
100 kA
Terminations
A I-Line
L Lugs on Both Ends
F Bus Bar (No Lugs)
M Lugs Line Side Only
P Lugs Load End Only
N Plug-in
D Drawout
S Rear Connected Studs
For amperage of M-, P- or R-frame circuit breakers, add a zero to the three amperage digits; for example, 120 = 1200 A.
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page
H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-22
H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-23
Q-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-24
L-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-25
P-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-27
R-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-28
PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors . . .DE3-29
Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers . . . . . .DE3-31
Automatic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-34
500 Vdc Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-35
Mission Critical Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-37
PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-39
Motor Operators and Rotary Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-40
Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-41
Mechanical Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-41
Compression Lugs and Power Distribution Connectors (PDC). . . . . .DE3-43
Terminal Nuts, Terminal Pads, Terminal Shields and Accessories . . .DE3-44
Plug-In and Drawout Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-45
Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-46
Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .DE3-48
01/15
DE3-21
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
H-Frame
150 A
DE3_p022.fm Page 22 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:24 AM
PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers
H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001
H-frame 150 AThermal-magnetic CSA/UL Current-Limiting ▼ Circuit Breakers (600 Vac) with Factory SealedTrip Unit
Suitable for Reverse Connection ba
AC Magnetic
Trip Setting
Current
Rating @
40° C
Hold
D Interrupting
G Interrupting
J Interrupting ▼
L Interrupting ▼
Trip
Catalogue
Number ▲
Catalogue
Number ▲
Catalogue
Number ▲
Catalogue
Number ▲
750
750
750
750
850
850
850
850
1450
1450
1450
1450
1700
1700
1700
1700
HDL26015
HDL26020
HDL26025
HDL26030
HDL26035
HDL26040
HDL26045
HDL26050
HDL26060
HDL26070
HDL26080
HDL26090
HDL26100
HDL26110
HDL26125
HDL26150
HGL26015
HGL26020
HGL26025
HGL26030
HGL26035
HGL26040
HGL26045
HGL26050
HGL26060
HGL26070
HGL26080
HGL26090
HGL26100
HGL26110
HGL26125
HGL26150
HJL26015
HJL26020
HJL26025
HJL26030
HJL26035
HJL26040
HJL26045
HJL26050
HJL26060
HJL26070
HJL26080
HJL26090
HJL26100
HJL26110
HJL26125
HJL26150
HLL26015
HLL26020
HLL26025
HLL26030
HLL26035
HLL26040
HLL26045
HLL26050
HLL26060
HLL26070
HLL26080
HLL26090
HLL26100
HLL26110
HLL26125
HLL26150
AL150HD
#14–#3/0 AWG
Cu or Al
750
750
750
750
850
850
850
850
1450
1450
1450
1450
1700
1700
1700
1700
HDL36015
HDL36020
HDL36025
HDL36030
HDL36035
HDL36040
HDL36045
HDL36050
HDL36060
HDL36070
HDL36080
HDL36090
HDL36100
HDL36110
HDL36125
HDL36150
HGL36015
HGL36020
HGL36025
HGL36030
HGL36035
HGL36040
HGL36045
HGL36050
HGL36060
HGL36070
HGL36080
HGL36090
HGL36100
HGL36110
HGL36125
HGL36150
HJL36015
HJL36020
HJL36025
HJL36030
HJL36035
HJL36040
HJL36045
HJL36050
HJL36060
HJL36070
HJL36080
HJL36090
HJL36100
HJL36110
HJL36125
HJL36150
HLL36015
HLL36020
HLL36025
HLL36030
HLL36035
HLL36040
HLL36045
HLL36050
HLL36060
HLL36070
HLL36080
HLL36090
HLL36100
HLL36110
HLL36125
HLL36150
AL150HD
#14–#3/0 AWG
Cu or Al
Terminal
Wire Range
2-pole, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
HD and HG 2 Pole
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
350
350
350
350
400
400
400
400
800
800
800
800
900
900
900
900
DE3
3-pole, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
H-Frame
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
350
350
350
350
400
400
400
400
800
800
800
800
900
900
900
900
J-frame 250 A Thermal-magnetic (600 Vac) Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connection ba
Current
Rating @
40° C
AC Magnetic
Trip Setting
Low
J Interrupting ▼ L Interrupting ▼ R Interrupting ▼
D Interrupting
G Interrupting
High
Catalogue
Number ▲
Catalogue
Number ▲
Catalogue
Number ▲
Catalogue
Number ▲
Catalogue
Number ▲
Terminal
Wire Range
2-pole, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
150
750
1500
JDL26150
JGL26150
JJL26150
JLL26150
–
175
875
1750
JDL26175
JGL26175
JJL26175
JLL26175
–
AL175JD
#4–4/0 AWG
Al or Cu
200
225
250
1000
1125
1250
2000
2250
2500
JDL26200
JDL26225
JDL26250
JGL26200
JGL26225
JGL26250
JJL26200
JJL26225
JJL26250
JLL26200
JLL26225
JLL26250
–
–
–
AL250JD
#3/0–350 kcmil
Al or Cu
3-pole, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
150
750
1500
JDL36150
JGL36150
JJL36150
JLL36150
JRL36150
175
875
1750
JDL36175
JGL36175
JJL36175
JLL36175
JRL36175
AL175JD
#4–4/0 AWG
Al or Cu
200
225
250
1000
1125
1250
2000
2250
2500
JDL36200
JDL36225
JDL36250
JGL36200
JGL36225
JGL36250
JJL36200
JJL36225
JJL36250
JLL36200
JLL36225
JLL36250
JRL36200
JRL36225
JRL36250
AL250JD
#3/0–350 kcmil
Al or Cu
b See catalogue for circuit breakers with field interchangeable trip units.
a For 100% rated circuit breakers, add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, HDL36015C or JDL26150C). 100% rated circuit breakers have
copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire.
▼ Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are CSA/UL certified as current limiting.
H- and J-frame Termination Options
Interrupting Ratings (kA)
Voltage
D
G
J
L
R
240 V
25
65 100 125 200
480 V
18
35
65 100 200
600 V
14
18
25
50 100
A-I-Line (see Section 5)
F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit)
L = Lugs both ends
M = Lugs “ON” end Terminal Nut Kit “Off” end
P = Lugs “OFF” end Terminal Nut Kit “On” end
N = Plug-inc
D = Drawoutc
Accessories - DE3-39
Dimensions - DE3-55
Enclosures - DE3-56
DE3-22
Plug-in
Drawout
Rear Connected
I-Line®
S = Rear Connected c
c For N,D, and S details see page DE3-45, DE3-41
01/15
DE3_p023.fm Page 23 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:25 AM
PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers
H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001
H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip CSA/UL Current-Limitinga Circuit Breakers
(600 Vac) With Factory Sealed Trip Unitb Suitable for Reverse Connection g
Electronic Trip Unit
Type
Function
Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
Trip Unit
D
Sensor
Rating
G
Ja
La
Ra
Catalogue
Numberc
Catalogue
Numberc
Terminal
$ Price
Catalogue
Numberc
Catalogue
Numberc
Catalogue
Numberc
600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
60 A
HDL36060U31X
HGL36060U31X
HJL36060U31X
HLL36060U31X
HRL36060U31X
100 A
HDL36100U31X
HGL36100U31X
HJL36100U31X
HLL36100U31X
HRL36100U31X
AL150HDd
150 A
HDL36150U31X
HGL36150U31X
HJL36150U31X
HLL36150U31X
HRL36150U31X
250 A
JDL36250U31X
JGL36250U31X
JJL36250U31X
JLL36250U31X
JRL36250U31X
AL250JDe
60 A
HDL36060U33X
HGL36060U33X
HJL36060U33X
HLL36060U33X
HRL36060U33X
100 A
HDL36100U33X
HGL36100U33X
HJL36100U33X
HLL36100U33X
HRL36100U33X
AL150HDd
Micrologic
LSI
3.2Sf
150 A
HDL36150U33X
HGL36150U33X
HJL36150U33X
HLL36150U33X
HRL36150U33X
Standard
250 A
JDL36250U33X
JGL36250U33X
JJL36250U33X
JLL36250U33X
JRL36250U33X
AL250JDe
60 A
HDL36060U43X
HGL36060U43X
HJL36060U43X
HLL36060U43X
HRL36060U43X
100 A
HDL36100U43X
HGL36100U43X
HJL36100U43X
HLL36100U43X
HRL36100U43X
AL150HDd
Micrologic
LSI
5.2A
150 A
HDL36150U43X
HGL36150U43X
HJL36150U43X
HLL36150U43X
HRL36150U43X
Ammeter
250 A
JDL36250U43X
JGL36250U43X
JJL36250U43X
JLL36250U43X
JRL36250U43X
AL250JDe
60 A
HDL36060U53X
HGL36060U53X
HJL36060U53X
HLL36060U53X
HRL36060U53X
100 A
HDL36100U53X
HGL36100U53X
HJL36100U53X
HLL36100U53X
HRL36100U53X
AL150HDd
Micrologic
LSI
5.2E
150 A
HDL36150U53X
HGL36150U53X
HJL36150U53X
HLL36150U53X
HRL36150U53X
Energy
250 A
JDL36250U53X
JGL36250U53X
JJL36250U53X
JLL36250U53X
JRL36250U53X
AL250JDe
60 A
HDL36060U44X
HGL36060U44X
HJL36060U44X
HLL36060U44X
HRL36060U44X
100 A
HDL36100U44X
HGL36100U44X
HJL36100U44X
HLL36100U44X
HRL36100U44X
AL150HDd
Micrologic
LSIG
6.2A
150 A
HDL36150U44X
HGL36150U44X
HJL36150U44X
HLL36150U44X
HRL36150U44X
Ammeter
250 A
JDL36250U44X
JGL36250U44X
JJL36250U44X
JLL36250U44X
JRL36250U44X
AL250JDe
60 A
HDL36060U54X
HGL36060U54X
HJL36060U54X
HLL36060U54X
HRL36060U54X
100 A
HDL36100U54X
HGL36100U54X
HJL36100U54X
HLL36100U54X
HRL36100U54X
AL150HDd
Micrologic
LSIG
6.2E
150 A
HDL36150U54X
HGL36150U54X
HJL36150U54X
HLL36150U54X
HRL36150U54X
Energy
250 A
JDL36250U54X
JGL36250U54X
JJL36250U54X
JLL36250U54X
JRL36250U54X
AL250JDe
a
Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are CSA/UL certified as current limiting.
b
Refer to catalogue 0611CT1001 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units
c
For 100% rated circuit breakers, add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, HGL36150CU31X, JGL36250CU43X)
100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire.
d
AL150HD wire range is 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu.
e
AL250JD wire range is 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu. For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided.
f
3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.
g
For applications requiring communications see page DE3-49.
3.2f
H- and J-Frame Termination Options
Termination Letter
A - I-Line (See Section 5)
For factory-installed
F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)
termination, place termination
L = Lugs both ends
letter in the third block of the
M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end
circuit breaker catalog number.
P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end
N = Plug-in h
HDL36015T
D = Drawout h
Termination Letter
S = Rear Connected h
h
For N and D details, refer to page DE3-45. For S details, refer to page DE3-41.
H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
Interrupting Rating
D
25 KA
18 kA
14 kA
G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA
J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA
L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA
>30
A
>30
0
>11
% Ir
.9 4
.9 5 .9 6
.9 7
.9 3
.9 8
.9 2
.9
1
Ir 4( x
Io )
5
3
6
2 .5
8
2
10
1 .5
x
Is d(
J-Frame
Micrologic™ Trip Unit
R
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA
5 .2 E
Voltage
M icor lo g ic
H-Frame
Micrologic™ Trip Unit
Ir )
H-Frame Circuit Breaker with
Optional FDM and IFM Modules
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-55
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-56
01/15
DE3-23
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
LI
DE3
Micrologic
Standard
DE3_p024.fm Page 24 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:25 AM
PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker
Q-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 0734 / Refer to Catalogs: 0734CT0201
POWERPACT Q-framea—250 A, Thermal-magnetic Circuit Breaker (240 Vac)
AC Magnetic
Trip Settings
Ampere
Rating
B Interrupting
D Interrupting
G Interrupting
J Interrupting ✭
Catalogue
Number
Catalogue
Number
Catalogue
Number
Terminal Wire
Range ■
Hold
Trip
Catalogue
Number
1000
1000
1000
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1800
1800
1800
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
QBL22070
QBL22080
QBL22090
QBL22100
QBL22110
QBL22125
QBL22150
QBL22175
QBL22200
QBL22225
QBL22250■
QDL22070
QDL22080
QDL22090
QDL22100
QDL22110
QDL22125
QDL22150
QDL22175
QDL22200
QDL22225
QDL22250■
QGL22070
QGL22080
QGL22090
QGL22100
QGL22110
QGL22125
QGL22150
QGL22175
QGL22200
QGL22225
QGL22250■
QJL22070
QJL22080
QJL22090
QJL22100
QJL22110
QJL22125
QJL22150
QJL22175
QJL22200
QJL22225
QJL22250■
#4 AWG - 300 kcmil
Al/Cu
1000
1000
1000
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1800
1800
1800
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
QBL32070
QBL32080
QBL32090
QBL32100
QBL32110
QBL32125
QBL32150
QBL32175
QBL32200
QBL32225
QBL32250■
QDL32070
QDL32080
QDL32090
QDL32100
QDL32110
QDL32125
QDL32150
QDL32175
QDL32200
QDL32225
QDL32250■
QGL32070
QGL32080
QGL32090
QGL32100
QGL32110
QGL32125
QGL32150
QGL32175
QGL32200
QGL32225
QGL32250■
QJL32070
QJL32080
QJL32090
QJL32100
QJL32110
QJL32125
QJL32150
QJL32175
QJL32200
QJL32225
QJL32250■
#4 AWG - 300 kcmil
Al/Cu
2-pole, 240 Vac
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
QBL 2P
70–250 A
3-pole, 240 Vac
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
▲ Replacement lugs and electrical accessories are not available for POWERPACT Q-frame circuit breakers.
■ 250 A lugs are suitable for copper conductors only.
DE3
– Refer to Catalogue 0734CT0201 for details.
QBL 3P
70–250 A
Q-Frame Termination Options
Termination Letter
A = I-Line (See Section 5)
E = Bolt-on I-Line (See Section 5)
F = No lugs
L = Lugs both ends
M = Lugs ON end, studs on OFF end
For factory-installed termination,
place termination letter in the
third block of the circuit breaker
catalog number.
QGL32200
P = Lugs OFF end, studs on ON end
–
Termination Letter
Add TS suffix for studs on both ends without nuts and washers. See Catalogue
0734CT0201 for additional information.
Q-Frame Interrupting Ratings (kA)
Voltage
QB
QD
QG
QJ
240 V
10
25
65
100✭
480 V
...
...
...
...
600 V
...
...
...
...
✭ 3-pole QJ circuit breakers are rated at 208Y/120 Vac only.
Dimensions DE3-55
Enclosures DE3-56
DE3-24
01/15
DE3_p025.fm Page 25 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:26 AM
PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers
L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 611 / Refer to Catalogs: 0611CT1001
L-Frame 600 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Factory-Sealed Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectionfl
Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
Electronic Trip Unit
D
G
Jh
Lh
Rh
Sensor
Rating
Type
Function Trip Unit
Terminal
Catalogue
Number g
Catalogue Numberg
Catalogue
Number g
Catalogue
Number g
Catalogue
Number g
600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
Micrologic
Standard
250 A
LDL36250U31X
LGL36250U31X
LJL36250U31X
LLL36250U31X
LRL36250U31X
AL400L61K3j
LI
3.3i
400 A
600 A
LDL36400U31X
LDL36600U31X
LGL36400U31X
LGL36600U31X
LJL36400U31X
LJL36600U31X
LLL36400U31X
LLL36600U31X
LRL36400U31X
LRL36600U31X
AL600LS52K3k
Micrologic
Standard
250 A
LDL36250U33X
LGL36250U33X
LJL36250U33X
LLL36250U33X
LRL36250U33X
AL400L61K3j
LSI
3.3Si
400 A
600 A
LDL36400U33X
LDL36600U33X
LGL36400U33X
LGL36600U33X
LJL36400U33X
LJL36600U33X
LLL36400U33X
LLL36600U33X
LRL36400U33X
LRL36600U33X
AL600LS52K3k
LDL36400U43X
LDL36600U43X
LGL36400U43X
LGL36600U43X
LJL36400U43X
LJL36600U43X
LLL36400U43X
LLL36600U43X
LRL36400U43X
LRL36600U43X
5.3A
Micrologic
Energy
LSI
5.3E
400 A
600 A
LDL36400U53X
LDL36600U53X
LGL36400U53X
LGL36600U53X
LJL36400U53X
LJL36600U53X
LLL36400U53X
LLL36600U53X
LRL36400U53X
LRL36600U53X
Micrologic
Ammeter
LSIG
6.3A
400 A
600 A
LDL36400U44X
LDL36600U44X
LGL36400U44X
LGL36600U44X
LJL36400U44X
LJL36600U44X
LLL36400U44X
LLL36600U44X
LRL36400U44X
LRL36600U44X
Micrologic
Energy
LSIG
6.3E
400 A
600 A
LDL36400U54X
LDL36600U54X
LGL36400U54X
LGL36600U54X
LJL36400U54X
LJL36600U54X
LLL36400U54X
LLL36600U54X
LRL36400U54X
LRL36600U54X
AL600LS52K3k
600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P
Micrologic
Standard
250 A
LDL46250U31X
LGL46250U31X
LJL46250U31X
LLL46250U31X
LRL46250U31X
AL400L61K4j
LI
3.3
400 A
600 A
LDL46400U31X
LDL46600U31X
LGL46400U31X
LGL46600U31X
LJL46400U31X
LJL46600U31X
LLL46400U31X
LLL46600U31X
LRL46400U31X
LRL46600U31X
AL600LS52K4k
Micrologic
Standard
250 A
LDL46250U33X
LGL46250U33X
LJL46250U33X
LLL46250U33X
LRL46250U33X
AL400L61K4j
LSI
3.3S
400 A
600 A
LDL46400U33X
LDL46600U33X
LGL46400U33X
LGL46600U33X
LJL46400U33X
LJL46600U33X
LLL46400U33X
LLL46600U33X
LRL46400U33X
LRL46600U33X
AL600LS52K4k
Micrologic
Ammeter
LSI
5.3A
400 A
600 A
LDL46400U43X
LDL46600U43X
LGL46400U43X
LGL46600U43X
LJL46400U43X
LJL46600U43X
LLL46400U43X
LLL46600U43X
LRL46400U43X
LRL46600U43X
Micrologic
Energy
LSI
5.3E
400 A
600 A
LDL46400U53X
LDL46600U53X
LGL46400U53X
LGL46600U53X
LJL46400U53X
LJL46600U53X
LLL46400U53X
LLL46600U53X
LRL46400U53X
LRL46600U53X
Micrologic
Ammeter
LSIG
6.3A
400 A
600 A
LDL46400U44X
LDL46600U44X
LGL46400U44X
LGL46600U44X
LJL46400U44X
LJL46600U44X
LLL46400U44X
LLL46600U44X
LRL46400U44X
LRL46600U44X
Micrologic
Energy
LSIG
6.3E
400 A
600 A
LDL46400U54X
LDL46600U54X
LGL46400U54X
LGL46600U54X
LJL46400U54X
LJL46600U54X
LLL46400U54X
LLL46600U54X
LRL46400U54X
LRL46600U54X
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
AL600LS52K4k
Refer to catalogue 0611CT1001 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units
For 100% rated circuit breakers (250 A and 400 A only), add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, LGL36400CU31X)
Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are CSA/UL certified as current limiting.
3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.
AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or 1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al.
AL600LS52K3 terminal wire range is (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu.
For applications requiring communicatins see page DE3-49.
Termination Options
Termination
Letter
L-Frame Circuit Breaker
Interrupting Ratings
Termination Option
Interrupting Rating
Voltage
D
G
A
I-Line (See Section 5)
J
L
R
F
No lugs
240 Vac
25 kA
65 kA
100 kA
125 kA
200 kA
L
Lugs both ends
480 Vac
18 kA
35 kA
65 kA
100 kA
200 kA
M
Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end
600 Vac
14 kA
18 kA
25 kA
50 kA
100 kA
P
Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end
Nm
Plug In
Dm
Drawout
Sm
Rear Connected
For factory-installed termination, place termination letter
in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.
LGL36600U44X
Termination Letter
m
01/15
For N and D details, please refer to page DE3-45. For S details, please
refer to page DE3-41.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page DE3-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page DE3-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page DE3-55
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page DE3-56
DE3-25
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
LSI
400 A
600 A
DE3
Micrologic
Ammeter
DE3_p026.fm Page 26 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:26 AM
PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers
M-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
Frame—800 A, Standard Rated, Basic Electronic Trip System Type ET 1.0 nFactory Sealed
Trip Unit
Ampere
Rating
Adjustable Instantaneous
Trip Range
Low
G Interrupting
Terminal
Wire
Range
J Interrupting
High
Catalogue Number
Catalogue Number
Price
2-pole, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
M-Frame Circuit Breaker
300
350
400
450
500
600
600
700
800
900
1000
1200
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
6000
MGL26300
MGL26350
MGL26400
MGL26450
MGL26500
MGL26600
MJL26300
MJL26350
MJL26400
MJL26450
MJL26500
MJL26600
700
800
1400
1600
7000
8000
MGL26700
MGL26800
MJL26700
MJL26800
AL800M23K
3–3/0
through
500 kcmil
Al/Cu
3-pole, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
n
300
350
400
450
500
600
600
700
800
900
1000
1200
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
6000
MGL36300
MGL36350
MGL36400
MGL36450
MGL36500
MGL36600
MJL36300
MJL36350
MJL36400
MJL36450
MJL36500
MJL36600
700
800
1400
1600
7000
8000
MGL36700
MGL36800
MJL36700
MJL36800
AL800M23K
3–3/0
through
500 kcmil
Al/Cu
The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced or have the long-time trip point setting adjusted. It is considered an electronic equivalent of a thermalmagnetic circuit breaker.
DE3
Termination Options
Termination
Letter
A
F
L
M
P
Termination Option
I-Line (See Section 5)
No lugs
Lugs both ends
Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end
Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end
M-Frame Interrupting Ratings (kA)
Voltage
G
J
240 V
65
100
480 V
35
65
600 V
18
25
For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in
the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.
MGL36400
Termination Letter
DE3-26
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
page DE3-39
page DE3-42
page DE3-55
page DE3-56
01/15
DE3_p027.fm Page 27 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:26 AM
PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers
P-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
P Frame - 1200A, (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3P a Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit
Trip Unit
Fixed long-time,
Adjustable
Instantaneous
ET1.0I
LI
3.0
Micrologic
Interchangeable
Standard
Trip Unit
LSI
LI
Micrologic
Interchangeable
Ammeter
Trip Unit
LSI
LSIG
LSI
5.0
3.0A
5.0A
6.0A
5.0P
Micrologic
Interchangeable
Power
Trip Unit
LSIG
LSI
6.0P
5.0H
Micrologic
Interchangeable
Harmonic
Trip Unit
LSIG
a
b
c
6.0H
Sensor
Rating
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
250
400
600
800
1000
1200
250
400
600
800
1000
1200
250
400
600
800
1000
1200
250
400
600
800
1000
1200
250
400
600
800
1000
1200
250
400
600
800
1000
1200
250
400
600
800
1000
1200
250
400
600
800
1000
1200
250
400
600
800
1000
1200
G Interrupting
Catalogue
Number.b
PGL36060
PGL36080
PGL36100
PGL36120
PGL36025U31A
PGL36040U31A
PGL36060U31A
PGL36080U31A
PGL36100U31A
PGL36120U31A
PGL36025U33A
PGL36040U33A
PGL36060U33A
PGL36080U33A
PGL36100U33A
PGL36120U33A
PGL36025U41A
PGL36040U41A
PGL36060U41A
PGL36080U41A
PGL36100U41A
PGL36120U41A
PGL36025U43A
PGL36040U43A
PGL36060U43A
PGL36080U43A
PGL36100U43A
PGL36120U43A
PGL36025U44A
PGL36040U44A
PGL36060U44A
PGL36080U44A
PGL36100U44A
PGL36120U44A
PGL36025U63AE1
PGL36040U63AE1
PGL36060U63AE1
PGL36080U63AE1
PGL36100U63AE1
PGL36120U63AE1
PGL36025U64AE1
PGL36040U64AE1
PGL36060U64AE1
PGL36080U64AE1
PGL36100U64AE1
PGL36120U64AE1
PGL36025U73AE1
PGL36040U73AE1
PGL36060U73AE1
PGL36080U73AE1
PGL36100U73AE1
PGL36120U73AE1
PGL36025U74AE1
PGL36040U74AE1
PGL36060U74AE1
PGL36080U74AE1
PGL36100U74AE1
PGL36120U74AE1
J Interrupting
Catalogue
Number b
PJL36060
PJL36080
PJL36100
PJL36120
PJL36025U31A
PJL36040U31A
PJL36060U31A
PJL36080U31A
PJL36100U31A
PJL36120U31A
PJL36025U33A
PJL36040U33A
PJL36060U33A
PJL36080U33A
PJL36100U33A
PJL36120U33A
PJL36025U41A
PJL36040U41A
PJL36060U41A
PJL36080U41A
PJL36100U41A
PJL36120U41A
PJL36025U43A
PJL36040U43A
PJL36060U43A
PJL36080U43A
PJL36100U43A
PJL36120U43A
PJL36025U44A
PJL36040U44A
PJL36060U44A
PJL36080U44A
PJL36100U44A
PJL36120U44A
PJL36025U63AE1
PJL36040U63AE1
PJL36060U63AE1
PJL36080U63AE1
PJL36100U63AE1
PJL36120U63AE1
PJL36025U64AE1
PJL36040U64AE1
PJL36060U64AE1
PJL36080U64AE1
PJL36100U64AE1
PJL36120U64AE1
PJL36025U73AE1
PJL36040U73AE1
PJL36060U73AE1
PJL36080U73AE1
PJL36100U73AE1
PJL36120U73AE1
PJL36025U74AE1
PJL36040U74AE1
PJL36060U74AE1
PJL36080U74AE1
PJL36100U74AE1
PJL36120U74AE1
L Interrupting c
Catalogue
Number b
Price
PLL34060
PLL34080
PLL34100
PLL34120
PLL34025U31A
PLL34040U31A
PLL34060U31A
PLL34080U31A
PLL34100U31A
PLL34120U31A
PLL34025U33A
PLL34040U33A
PLL34060U33A
PLL34080U33A
PLL34100U33A
PLL34120U33A
PLL34025U41A
PLL34040U41A
PLL34060U41A
PLL34080U41A
PLL34100U41A
PLL34120U41A
PLL34025U43A
PLL34040U43A
PLL34060U43A
PLL34080U43A
PLL34100U43A
PLL34120U43A
PLL34025U44A
PLL34040U44A
PLL34060U44A
PLL34080U44A
PLL34100U44A
PLL34120U44A
PLL34025U63AE1
PLL34040U63AE1
PLL34060U63AE1
PLL34080U63AE1
PLL34100U63AE1
PLL34120U63AE1
PLL34025U64AE1
PLL34040U64AE1
PLL34060U64AE1
PLL34080U64AE1
PLL34100U64AE1
PLL34120U64AE1
PLL34025U73AE1
PLL34040U73AE1
PLL34060U73AE1
PLL34080U73AE1
PLL34100U73AE1
PLL34120U73AE1
PLL34025U74AE1
PLL34040U74AE1
PLL34060U74AE1
PLL34080U74AE1
PLL34100U74AE1
PLL34120U74AE1
K Interrupting
Catalogue
Number b
PKL36060
PKL36080
PKL36100
PKL36120
PKL36025U31A
PKL36040U31A
PKL36060U31A
PKL36080U31A
PKL36100U31A
PKL36120U31A
PKL36025U33A
PKL36040U33A
PKL36060U33A
PKL36080U33A
PKL36100U33A
PKL36120U33A
PKL36025U41A
PKL36040U41A
PKL36060U41A
PKL36080U41A
PKL36100U41A
PKL36120U41A
PKL36025U43A
PKL36040U43A
PKL36060U43A
PKL36080U43A
PKL36100U43A
PKL36120U43A
PKL36025U44A
PKL36040U44A
PKL36060U44A
PKL36080U44A
PKL36100U44A
PKL36120U44A
PKL36025U63AE1
PKL36040U63AE1
PKL36060U63AE1
PKL36080U63AE1
PKL36100U63AE1
PKL36120U63AE1
PKL36025U64AE1
PKL36040U64AE1
PKL36060U64AE1
PKL36080U64AE1
PKL36100U64AE1
PKL36120U64AE1
PKL36025U73AE1
PKL36040U73AE1
PKL36060U73AE1
PKL36080U73AE1
PKL36100U73AE1
PKL36120U73AE1
PKL36025U74AE1
PKL36040U74AE1
PKL36060U74AE1
PKL36080U74AE1
PKL36100U74AE1
PKL36120U74AE1
Terminal
Wire Range
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
For 2P and 4P information see Catalog 0612CT0101.
For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% trip unit with LI trip functions at 250A would be PGL36025CU31A. 100%
ratings are not available for circuit breakers with ET1.0 Trip Units.
P-frame L-interrupting is available in 480 Vac only.
P-Frame Termination Options
P-Frame and R-Frame Interrupting Ratings
Termination Letter
F = No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends)
L = Lugs both ends
M = Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end
P = Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end
D = Drawout
A = I-Line (See Section 5)
Voltage
For factory-installed termination, place
termination letter in the third block of
the circuit breaker catalog number.
PGL36040U41A
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
P-Frame Interrupting Rating
G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA
J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA
K
65 kA
50 kA
50 kA
L
125 kA
100 kA
R-Frame Interrupting Rating
G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA
J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA
K
65 kA
65 kA
65 kA
L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA
Termination Letter
R-frame catalog numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-28
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-55
Trip Unit Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-47
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-42
Alternate Rating Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-48
Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-56
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-39
01/15
DE3-27
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Basic Electronic
Trip Unit
(Not
Interchangeable)
Function
DE3
Electronic Trip Unit
Type
DE3_p028.fm Page 28 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:27 AM
PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers
R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
R-frame—3000 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3Pa Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit
Electronic Trip Unit
Type
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Trip Unit
Sensor
Rating
G Interrupting c
J Interrupting c
L Interrupting c
K Interrupting c
Catalogue Number b
Catalogue Number b
Catalogue Number b
Catalogue Number b
RGF36120
RJF36120
RLF36120
RKF36120
RGF36160
RJF36160
RLF36160
RKF36160
RGF36200
RJF36200
RLF36200
RKF36200
RGF36250
RJF36250
RLF36250
RKF36250
RGF36060U31A
RJF36060U31A
RLF36060U31A
RKF36060U31A
RGF36080U31A
RJF36080U31A
RLF36080U31A
RKF36080U31A
RGF36100U31A
RJF36100U31A
RLF36100U31A
RKF36100U31A
RGF36120U31A
RJF36120U31A
RLF36120U31A
RKF36120U31A
LI
3.0
RGF36160U31A
RJF36160U31A
RLF36160U31A
RKF36160U31A
RGF36200U31A
RJF36200U31A
RLF36200U31A
RKF36200U31A
RGF36250U31A
RJF36250U31A
RLF36250U31A
RKF36250U31A
Micrologic
RGF36300U31A
RJF36300U31A
RLF36300U31A
RKF36300U31A
3000
Interchangeable
600
RGF36060U33A
RJF36060U33A
RLF36060U33A
RKF36060U33A
Standard Trip Unit
800
RGF36080U33A
RJF36080U33A
RLF36080U33A
RKF36080U33A
1000
RGF36100U33A
RJF36100U33A
RLF36100U33A
RKF36100U33A
1200
RGF36120U33A
RJF36120U33A
RLF36120U33A
RKF36120U33A
LSI
5.0
1600
RGF36160U33A
RJF36160U33A
RLF36160U33A
RKF36160U33A
2000
RGF36200U33A
RJF36200U33A
RLF36200U33A
RKF36200U33A
2500
RGF36250U33A
RJF36250U33A
RLF36250U33A
RKF36250U33A
RGF36300U33A
RJF36300U33A
RLF36300U33A
RKF36300U33A
3000
600
RGF36060U41A
RJF36060U41A
RLF36060U41A
RKF36060U41A
800
RGF36080U41A
RJF36080U41A
RLF36080U41A
RKF36080U41A
1000
RGF36100U41A
RJF36100U41A
RLF36100U41A
RKF36100U41A
1200
RGF36120U41A
RJF36120U41A
RLF36120U41A
RKF36120U41A
LI
3.0A
1600
RGF36160U41A
RJF36160U41A
RLF36160U41A
RKF36160U41A
2000
RGF36200U41A
RJF36200U41A
RLF36200U41A
RKF36200U41A
2500
RGF36250U41A
RJF36250U41A
RLF36250U41A
RKF36250U41A
RGF36300U41A
RJF36300U41A
RLF36300U41A
RKF36300U41A
3000
600
RGF36060U43A
RJF36060U43A
RLF36060U43A
RKF36060U43A
800
RGF36080U43A
RJF36080U43A
RLF36080U43A
RKF36080U43A
1000
RGF36100U43A
RJF36100U43A
RLF36100U43A
RKF36100U43A
Micrologic
1200
RGF36120U43A
RJF36120U43A
RLF36120U43A
RKF36120U43A
Interchangeable
LSI
5.0A
Ammeter
1600
RGF36160U43A
RJF36160U43A
RLF36160U43A
RKF36160U43A
Trip Unit
2000
RGF36200U43A
RJF36200U43A
RLF36200U43A
RKF36200U43A
2500
RGF36250U43A
RJF36250U43A
RLF36250U43A
RKF36250U43A
RJF36300U43A
RLF36300U43A
RKF36300U43A
RGF36300U43A
3000
600
RGF36060U44A
RJF36060U44A
RLF36060U44A
RKF36060U44A
800
RGF36080U44A
RJF36080U44A
RLF36080U44A
RKF36080U44A
1000
RGF36100U44A
RJF36100U44A
RLF36100U44A
RKF36100U44A
1200
RGF36120U44A
RJF36120U44A
RLF36120U44A
RKF36120U44A
LSIG
6.0A
1600
RGF36160U44A
RJF36160U44A
RLF36160U44A
RKF36160U44A
2000
RGF36200U44A
RJF36200U44A
RLF36200U44A
RKF36200U44A
2500
RGF36250U44A
RJF36250U44A
RLF36250U44A
RKF36250U44A
RGF36300U44A
RJF36300U44A
RLF36300U44A
RKF36300U44A
3000
600
RGF36060U63AE1
RJF36060U63AE1
RLF36060U63AE1
RKF36060U63AE1
800
RGF36080U63AE1
RJF36080U63AE1
RLF36080U63AE1
RKF36080U63AE1
1000
RGF36100U63AE1
RJF36100U63AE1
RLF36100U63AE1
RKF36100U63AE1
1200
RGF36120U63AE1
RJF36120U63AE1
RLF36120U63AE1
RKF36120U63AE1
LSI
5.0P
1600
RGF36160U63AE1
RJF36160U63AE1
RLF36160U63AE1
RKF36160U63AE1
2000
RGF36200U63AE1
RJF36200U63AE1
RLF36200U63AE1
RKF36200U63AE1
2500
RGF36250U63AE1
RJF36250U63AE1
RLF36250U63AE1
RKF36250U63AE1
Micrologic
RKF36300U63AE1
RGF36300U63AE1
RJF36300U63AE1
RLF36300U63AE1
3000
Interchangeable Power
600
RGF36060U64AE1
RJF36060U64AE1
RLF36060U64AE1
RKF36060U64AE1
Trip Unit
800
RGF36080U64AE1
RJF36080U64AE1
RLF36080U64AE1
RKF36080U64AE1
1000
RGF36100U64AE1
RJF36100U64AE1
RLF36100U64AE1
RKF36100U64AE1
1200
RGF36120U64AE1
RJF36120U64AE1
RLF36120U64AE1
RKF36120U64AE1
LSIG
6.0P
1600
RGF36160U64AE1
RJF36160U64AE1
RLF36160U64AE1
RKF36160U64AE1
2000
RGF36200U64AE1
RJF36200U64AE1
RLF36200U64AE1
RKF36200U64AE1
2500
RGF36250U64AE1
RJF36250U64AE1
RLF36250U64AE1
RKF36250U64AE1
RKF36300U64AE1
RGF36300U64AE1
RJF36300U64AE1
RLF36300U64AE1
3000
600
RGF36060U73AE1
RJF36060U73AE1
RLF36060U73AE1
RKF36060U73AE1
800
RGF36080U73AE1
RJF36080U73AE1
RLF36080U73AE1
RKF36080U73AE1
1000
RGF36100U73AE1
RJF36100U73AE1
RLF36100U73AE1
RKF36100U73AE1
1200
RGF36120U73AE1
RJF36120U73AE1
RLF36120U73AE1
RKF36120U73AE1
LSI
5.0H
1600
RGF36160U73AE1
RJF36160U73AE1
RLF36160U73AE1
RKF36160U73AE1
2000
RGF36200U73AE1
RJF36200U73AE1
RLF36200U73AE1
RKF36200U73AE1
2500
RGF36250U73AE1
RJF36250U73AE1
RLF36250U73AE1
RKF36250U73AE1
Micrologic
RKF36300U73AE1
RGF36300U73AE1
RJF36300U73AE1
RLF36300U73AE1
3000
Interchangeable
600
RGF36060U74AE1
RJF36060U74AE1
RLF36060U74AE1
RKF36060U74AE1
Harmonic Trip Unit
800
RGF36080U74AE1
RJF36080U74AE1
RLF36080U74AE1
RKF36080U74AE1
1000
RGF36100U74AE1
RJF36100U74AE1
RLF36100U74AE1
RKF36100U74AE1
1200
RGF36120U74AE1
RJF36120U74AE1
RLF36120U74AE1
RKF36120U74AE1
LSIG
6.0H
1600
RGF36160U74AE1
RJF36160U74AE1
RLF36160U74AE1
RKF36160U74AE1
2000
RGF36200U74AE1
RJF36200U74AE1
RLF36200U74AE1
RKF36200U74AE1
2500
RGF36250U74AE1
RJF36250U74AE1
RLF36250U74AE1
RKF36250U74AE1
RKF36300U74AE1
RGF36300U74AE1
RJF36300U74AE1
RLF36300U74AE1
3000
Note: R-frame circuit breakers can be bus- or cable-connected. For cable connections, optional terminal pad kit RLTB or equivalent bus structure is required. Each RLTB kit contains terminal pads
for one end of the circuit breaker only and has provisions for mounting a maximum of 8 lugs per phase (9 lugs for 3000 A). RLTB kits are included with 2500 A 100% rated circuit breakers.
The RL3TB kits are included with the 3000 A, 80% and 100% rated circuit breakers. For other circuit breakers, order terminal pad kit (RLTB) and optional lugs separately. See pages DE342–DE3-44.
a
For 2P and 4P information see Catalog 0612CT0101.
b
Listed catalogue numbers are for 80% rated circuit breakers. For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalogue number for a 100% standard
trip unit with LI trip functions at 2500A would be RGF36250CU31A. 100% ratings are not available for circuit breakers with ET1.0 Trip Units.
c
See page DE3-27 for interrupting ratings table.
Basic Electronic Trip
Unit (Not
Interchangeable)
DE3
Function
DE3-28
Fixed
long-time,
Adjustable
Instantaneous
ET1.0I
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
600
800
1000
1200
1600
2000
2500
01/15
DE3_p029.fm Page 29 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:27 AM
Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers
PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001
PowerPact H- and J-frame electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are magnetic-only
instantaneous-trip circuit breakers. They are designed to offer short circuit protection and
are Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) and National Electrical Code (NEC) compliant when
installed as part of a combination controller having motor overload protection. MCP circuit
breakers accept the same accessories and terminals as the equivalent thermal-magnetic
circuit breakers.
Determine the hp rating from the nameplate of the motor. Select a MCP with an ampere
rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved. When using the automatic settings the
MCP microprocessor automatically adjusts the trip settings for both current and time to
align with the start-up characteristic for the motor type, whether it is a standard or energyefficient motor. This includes a dampening means to accommodate a transient motor inrush current without nuisance tripping of the circuit breaker.
30 A
50 A
100 A
150 A
250 A
H-frame
Standard
Adjustable
Full Load
Trip
Amperes Range Instantaneous
Range
Current
Energy Efficient
Energie Efficace
Energia Eficiente
J-frame
1.5–25 A
14–42 A
30–80 A
58–130 A
114–217 A
9–325 A
84–546 A
180–1040 A
348–1690 A
684–2500 A
Suffix
J Interrupting
(See SCCR Table
Below)
L Interrupting
(See SCCR Table
Below)
M71
M72
M73
M74
M75
Cat. No.
HJL36030M71
HJL36050M72
HJL36100M73
HJL36150M74
JJL36250M75
Cat. No.
HLL36030M71
HLL36050M72
HLL36100M73
HLL36150M74
JLL36250M75
Maximum Rating or Setting of Motor Protective Devices▲
Percentage of Full-load Current
Type of Motor
t
▲
■
I
Motor Type / Tipo de Motor / Type de Moteur
Setting
Not to Exceed ■
A, B, C, D
Standard
800%
1300%
B, E
Energy Efficient
1100%
1700%
Based on 2005 NEC Table 430.52.
See NEC Exception No. 1 to Table 430.52. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous
trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced
voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed
motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.”
MCP Selection by HP Ratings◆ of Induction-type Squirrel-Cage and
Wound-rotor Motors★
Standard
3Ø 60 Hz Voltages▼
Full-Load Amperes
Energy Efficient
Energie Efficace
Energia Eficiente
◆
★
▼
200 Vac
230 Vac
460 Vac
Suffix
575 Vac
.5–5
.5–7.5
.75–15
1–20
1.5–25
M71
5–10
5–15
10–30
15–40
14–42
M72
10–25
15–30
25–60
30–75
30–80
M73
20–40
25–50
50–100
60–125
58–130
M74
40–60
50–75
100–150
125–200
114–217
M75
Based on 2005 NEC Table 430.250.
Per NEC 430.3, part-winding motors should select two circuit breakers, each at not more than one-half the allowable
trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting
means per NEC 430.103.
Listed voltages are rated motor voltages. Corresponding system voltages are 200 Vac, 220–240 Vac, 440–480 Vac
and 550–600 Vac. Select wire and circuit breakers based on horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per
NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications.
Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR)
Tested to meet NEC and UL508A requirements for short circuit current ratings as part of an
approved combination controller.
Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)
J Interrupting
L Interrupting
Contactor/Starter
200–240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
200–240 Vac
480 Vac
Tesys D-line and F-line
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA
125 kA
100 kA
600 Vac
50 kA
NEMA Type S
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-55
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-56
01/15
DE3-29
DE3
Frame
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
H- and J-frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)
dard
ient
Effic ace
rgy
Energie Efficiente
Energia Efic
Ene
Stan
DE3_p030.fm Page 30 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:28 AM
Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers
H-Frame and J-Frame MCP Selector
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001
Application of PowerPact® H-frame and J-frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)
Horsepower Rating of Induction-type Squirrel-cage and Wound-rotor Motors 3Ø 60 Hz
Starter Size
200 Vac
230 Vac
480 Vac
575 Vac
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
3/4
1
1/2
1-1/2
1/2
2
1-1/2
3/4
00
2
3/4
3
1
1
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
3
1-1/2
5
2
1-1/2
5
2
7-1/2
0
3
DE3
3
7-1/2
10
10
5
15
1
5
15
7-1/2
20
7-1/2
20
25
10
2
30
10
25
30
40
15
15
40
3
50
20
20
60
50
25
60
75
25
30
30
75
4
100
40
40
100
125
50
150
50
60
5
125
60
150
75
200
75
200
100
Shaded area is not covered by J-frame electronic motor circuit protector.
DE3-30
NEC Full Load
Amperes
0.9 A
1.1 A
1.3 A
1.7 A
2.1 A
2.2 A
2.4 A
2.5 A
2.7 A
3A
3.2 A
3.4 A
3.7 A
3.9 A
4.2 A
4.8 A
4.8 A
6A
6.1 A
6.8 A
6.9 A
7.6 A
7.8 A
9A
9.6 A
11 A
14 A
15.2 A
17 A
17.5 A
21 A
22 A
25.3 A
27 A
28 A
32 A
32.2 A
34 A
40 A
41 A
42 A
48.3 A
52 A
54 A
62 A
65 A
68 A
77 A
78.2 A
80 A
92 A
96 A
99 A
104 A
120 A
124 A
125 A
130 A
144 A
150 A
154 A
156 A
177.1 A
180 A
192 A
221 A
240 A
248 A
PowerPact H-frame and
J-frame Electronic MCP
HJL36030M71
and
HLL36030M71
1/2–10 hp
HJL36050M72
and
HLL36050M72
10–25 hp
HJL36100M73
and
HLL36100M73
15–50 hp
HJL36150M74
and
HLL36150M74
30–100 hp
JJL36250M75
and
JLL36250M75
50–150 hp
01/15
DE3_p031.fm Page 31 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:29 AM
Motor Protectors
Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers
Class 580, 585, 680, 685
Motor Circuit Protectors
Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are instantaneous-trip magnetic-only circuit breakers. They have a single
adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers
comply with CEC/NEC requirements for providing motor circuit protection when installed as part of a UL Listed
combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting ratings are established for these CSA/UL
Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor starters with properly sized overload
relays and contactors.
All Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent circuit breakers. Mag-Gard
circuit breakers are available with I-Line construction.d High-interruption (H) construction Mag-Gard circuit breakers
(LHL) are also available.
Trip
Unit
Ampere Rating
Motor Circuit Protector
LAL
Adjustablea
Trip Range (A)
500–1000 A
750–1600 A
1000–2000 A
1125–2250 A
1250–2500 A
1500–3000 A
1750–3500 A
2000–4000 A
400
250 Vdc Multiplier
Cat. No.
High = 1.2
Low = 1.4
LAL3640022M
LAL3640028M
LAL3640030M
LAL3640031M
LAL3640032M
LAL3640033M
LAL3640035M
LAL3640036M
For PowerPact L- and P-Frames, an instantaneous-only version of the electronic trip circuti breaker is also available for
motor circuit protection. These MCPs comply with CEC/NEC® requirements for providing short-circuit protection when
installed as part of a Listed combination controller having motor overload protection.
Magnetic Only 3 Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hzd—Three Device Solutionsb
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Magnetic Only 3 Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hzd—Three Device Solutionsb
Adjustablea
Trip Range (A)
G
J
L
R
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
400
500–1200%
LGL36400M37X
LJL36400M37X
LLL36400M37X
1.3 M
600
500–1200%
LGL36600M37X
LJL36600M37X
LLL36600M37X
600
1200–10000 A
—
PJL36060M68
PLL34060M68
800
1200–10000 A
—
PJL36080M68
PLL34080M68
PowerPact
PJL, PLLd
1000
1500–10000 A
—
PJL36100M69
PLL34100M69
1200
1800–10000 A
—
PJL36120M70
PLL34120M70
a
CSA/UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.
b
Three-device solutions are the traditional solutionss: motor circuit protector plus motor starter plus overload relay.
c
250 Vdc ratings are available. No CSA/UL component recognition
d
These electronic magnetic only motor circuit protectors are available with I-Line constructions. Consult the factory.
PowerPact
L-Framed
Motor Protector Circuit
Breaker
LRL36400M37X
LRL36600M37X
—
—
—
—
Motor Protector Circuit Breakers
Motor protection circuit breakers provide built-in thermal and magnetic protection. They are used in two-device motor
feeder solutions to provide protection against short-circuits, overloads, and phase unbalance.
H-Frame (150 A), J-Frame (250 A) and L-Frame (600 A) Electronic Trip Motor Protector Circuit Breakers
(CSA/UL Ratings)—
Two Device Solutionse
Electronic
Trip Unit
Type
Frame
Sensor
Rating
Trip
Unit
Standardf
J-Frame
L-Frame
e
f
Interrupting Rating
Isd (x FLA)
G
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
14–25
5-13 x FLA
HGL36030M38X
HJL36030M38X
HLL36030M38X
HRL36030M38X
14–42
5-13 x FLA
HGL36050M38X
HJL36050M38X
HLL36050M38X
HRL36050M38X
30–80
5-13 x FLA
HGL36100M38X
HJL36100M38X
HLL36100M38X
HRL36100M38X
150
58–130
5-13 x FLA
HGL36150M38X
HJL36150M38X
HLL36150M38X
HRL36150M38X
250
114–217
5-13 x FLA
JGL36250M38X
JJL36250M38X
JLL36250M38X
JRL36250M38X
400
190–348
5-13 x FLA
LGL36400M38X
LJL36400M38X
LLL36400M38X
LRL36400M38X
312–520
5-13 x FLA
LGL36600M38X
LJL36600M38X
LLL36600M38X
LRL36600M38X
30
H-Frame
Full Load
Amperes
Range
(FLA)
50
100
600
2.2 M
2.3 M
J
L
R
Two-device solutions (these electronic motor protector circuit breakers include short circuit and overload protection)
—1 electronic motor circuit protector with a Micrologic 2.2 M plus
—1 contactor
The standard trip unit offers Class 5, 10 and 20 and phase unbalance or phase loss protection.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages DE3-54 and DE3-55
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-56
01/15
DE3-31
DE3
Interrupting Rating
Trip
Unit
Sensor Rating
DE3_p032.fm Page 32 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:29 AM
Motor Circuit Protectors
H-, J-, and L-Frame MCP Selection
Class 680
Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Circuit Breakers For Single Motor Circuit Protection
Adjustable Instantaneous trip circuit breakers are
intended for use in combination with motor starters
with overload relays for the protection of motor circuits
from short circuits. Other specific applications include
rectifiers and resistance welders. These C/B’s contain
a magnetic trip element in each pole with the trip point
adjustable from the front. Interrupting ratings are
determined by testing the instantaneous trip C/B in
combination with a contactor and overload relay.
Refer to C.E.C. 28-210.
Select instantaneous trip C/B’s as follows:
1. This selection table is suitable for motors with
Locked-Rotor Indicating Code Letters as follows;
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Horsepower
1/2 or less
3/4 to 1 1/2
2 to 3
5 to 25
30 to 125
150 or more
Motor Code Letters
A-L
A-K
A-J
A-H
A-G
A-F
For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific
motor - specify motor horsepower, voltage, frequency,
full load current and code letter or locked rotor current.
DE3
2. Determine motor HP rating from the motor nameplate.
3. Refer to the table at right and select an instantaneous trip C/B with an ampere rating recommended
for the HP and voltage involved.
4. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 700%,
not to exceed 1300%, of the motor full load amperes.
(FLA).
5. The 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate
for instantaneous trip circuit breakers to withstand
current surges typical of the magnetization current of
auto-transformer type reduced voltage starters, or
open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from
“start” to “run”, constant HP multi-speed motors, and
motors labeled “high efficiency”. Select thermal-magnetic circuit breakers from page DE3-5 for those applications.
6. Part-winding motors, should have two circuit breakers selected from the above at not more than one half
the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating.
The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means.
Based on 1990 CEC Section 28-210 & Table 44, and 1990 NEC Article 430-52 and
Table 430-150.
HP Ratings of Induction Type
Full
Standard
Squirrel-Cage and
Load
MAG-GARD®
Magnetic Trip
Wound Rotor Motors
Amps.
Circuit Breaker
Settingsc
(Note7) a Catalogue No. b
Three Phase 60 Hz ac
200
230
460
575
LO
HI
Volts
Volts
Volts
Volts
10
14
H( )L36030M38X
15..2
H( )L36030M38X
17
H( )L36030M38X
17.5
H( )L36030M38X
15
21
H( )L36030M38X
7-1/2
20
22
H( )L36030M38X
25.3
H( )L36030M38X
20
25
27
H( )L36050M38X
10
28
H( )L36050M38X
30
32
H( )L36050M38X
32.2
H( )L36050M38X
25
34
H( )L36050M38X
30
40
H( )L36050M38X
40
41
H( )L36050M38X
15
42
H( )L36050M38X
48.3
H( )L36100M38X
40
50
52
H( )L36100M38X
20
54
H( )L36100M38X
500% 1300%
60
62
H( )L36100M38X
50
65
H( )L36100M38X
221
L( )L36400M38X
200
240
L( )L36400M38X
250
242
L( )L36400M38X
100
248
L( )L36400M38X
285
L( )L36400M38X
300
289
L( )L36400M38X
250
302
L( )L36400M38X
125
312
L( )L36400M38X
350
336
L( )L36400M38X
359
L( )L36600M38X
150
360
L( )L36600M38X
300
361
L( )L36600M38X
400
382
L( )L36600M38X
350
414
L( )L36600M38X
500
472
L( )L36600M38X
400
477
L( )L36600M38X
200
480
L( )L36600M38X
Motor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit
breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per NEC
430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload
relay thermal units. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding
nominal system voltages are 200–208, 220–240, 440–480 and 550–600 V.
To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (G, J, or
L). M38X is for standard trip units. For advanced trip units (LCD display, metering
and communication, replace with M58X).
Only MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all
circuit breakers.
See NEC 430.52(A) for circuit breaker settings above 800%.
If due to motor starting characteristics, trip settings at the 1300% maximum permitted
level are needed, the next size Mag-Gard circuit breaker should be chosen.
5
15
5
7-1/2
10
15
20
75
100
125
150
a
b
c
d
e
7. Motor full load currents, 1/2 HP thru 200 HP are
taken from Table 44 of the C.E.C. & Table 430-150 of
the NEC. Above 200 HP from UL 98, Table 18.2.
Select wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full load current for General Motor Applications. Do not use these values to
select overload relay thermal units. See Book
CP2 for selection of thermal units when actual full
load is not known. The voltages listed are rated
motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 200 to 208, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and 550
to 600 volts.
DE3-32
01/15
DE3_p033.fm Page 33 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:29 AM
Motor Circuit Protectors
7-1/2
30
10
25
3
10
7-1/2
7--1/2
15
10
40
50
20
15
5
10
7-1/2
60
20
50
25
20
10
60
75
25
30
7-1/2
25
30
75
100
10
40
30
40
100
125
50
40
150
50
60
125
50
60
150
75
200
75
200
250
100
100
300
250
125
350
125
150
300
400
150
350
500
400
200
200
500
250
01/15
5
15
29.0 A
32.0 A
32.2 A
34.0 A
38.0 A
40.0 A
41.0 A
42.0 A
46.0 A
48.3 A
50.0 A
52.0 A
54.0 A
55.0 A
56.0 A
57.5 A
58.0 A
62.0 A
62.1 A
65.0 A
68.0 A
72.0 A
76.0 A
77.0 A
78.2 A
80.0 A
89.0 A
92.0 A
96.0 A
99.0 A
100.0 A
104.0 A
106.0 A
120.0 A
124.0 A
125.0 A
130.0 A
140.0 A
144.0 A
150.0 A
154.0 A
156.0 A
173.0 A
177.0 A
180.0 A
192.0 A
221.0 A
240.0 A
242.0 A
248.0 A
285.0 A
289.0 A
302.0 A
312.0 A
336.0 A
359.0 A
360.0 A
361.0 A
382.0 A
414.0 A
472.0 A
477.0 A
480.0 A
552.0 A
590.0 A
602.0 A
80 A
60 A
70 A
90 A
80 A
100 A
90 A
110 A
60 A
8
1/2 in.a
N/A
6
3/4 in.
1 in.
4
1 in.
1 in.
3
1 in.
1-1/4 in.
2
1 in.
1-1/4 in.
1
1-1/4 in.
1-1/2 in.
1/0
1-1/4 in.
1-1/2 in.
2/0
1-1/2 in.
1-1/2 in.
3/0
1-1/2 in.
2 in.
4/0
2 in.
2 in.
250
300
2 in.
2 in.
2 in.
2-1/2 in.
350
2-1/2 in.
2-1/2 in.
500
3 in.
3 in.
80 A
125 A
110 A
90 A
150 A
125 A
100 A
175 A
100 A
150 A
110 A
125 A
200 A
110 A
175 A
225 A
125 A
200 A
250 A
150 A
225 A
175 A
300 A
200 A
250 A
250 A
350 A
200 A
300 A
225 A
250 A
400 A
350 A
400 A
300 A
450 A
350 A
500 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
600 A
800 A
700 A
(2) 3/0 (2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2 in.
900 A
800 A
900 A
1000 A
1200 A
(2) 4/0 (2) 2 in.
(2) 2 in.
(2)300 (2) 2 in.
(2) 2-1/2 in.
1000 A
600 A
900 A
800 A
400 A
1200 A
1600 A
—
(2)
350
(2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2-1/2 in.
(3)
300
(3) 2 in.
(3) 2-1/2 in.
DE3-33
DE3
a 8 XHHW requires 3/4 in. conduit
for 3W.
b 200 V motors are commonly
used on 208 V services.
c Ordinary service for normal
starting duty only, acceleration time
of 10 sec. or less.
d Heavy service is jogging or
plugging duty or cycling load with
over 25 starts per hour or over 5
starts per minute. Energy efficient
motors are polyphase motors
defined in NEMA Standard MG1 and
exhibit high starting current.
e NEC 430.22 for Single Motor,
Smaller conductors may be
permitted for light duty-cycle service
per 430.22 (B) Exception No. 1. DC
motors operating from rectified 1Ø
power supply will require larger
conductors per 430.22 (A) Exception
No. 1. For motor-generator arc
welders, see 630.11.
f Motor full load currents thru 200 hp
are taken from NEC Tables 430.147,
148 and 150. Above 200 hp from UL
98. Select wire size, circuit breakers,
or fuses on basis of hp rather than
nameplate full load current per NEC
430.6. Do not use these values to
select overload relay thermal
units. Voltages listed are rated
motor voltages. Corresponding
nominal system voltages are 110–
120 V, 200–208 V, 220–240 V,
440–480 V and 550–600 V.
g Switch size only is shown in table.
Selected fuses should not exceed
maximum percent of full-load current
as given in NEC Table 430.52.
Above 50 hp dc switches are not hp
rated by UL as Motor Circuit
Switches, but as General Use
Switches only and are not
necessarily capable of interrupting
the max. operating overload current
of a motor. See NEC 100 for
definition of General Use Switch.
When protecting a 3Ø, Design E
energy efficient motor, the switch is
required by NEC 430.109 to have a
hp rating of not less than 1.4 times
that of a motor rated 3–100 hp, or not
less than 1.3 times that of a motor
rated over 100 hp. Switches shown
in this table do not necessarily
comply with that requirement.
h Thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
ampere ratings recommended are
approximate for average conditions,
based on trip characteristics of
Square D circuit breakers and NEC
Table 430.52. Under some
conditions, the next size larger switch
or circuit breaker rating may be
necessary to accommodate the
motor starting current and is
permitted by NEC 430.52(C)(1)
Exception 2. High starting currents
are anticipated with Design E and
other energy efficient motors. For
explanation of Code letter markings,
see NEC 430.7(B). For Busway
Plug-in units, see Section DE8.
i Thermal-magnetic breaker
ampere ratings recommended are
approximate for average conditions
and based on trip characteristics of
Square D circuit breakers and NEC
Tables 430.7(B) and 430.52.
jType LC, LI, LX, LXI, and LE
circuit breakers are NOT
recommended for use on single
motor branch circuits.
Contact your local Field Office
for circuit breaker selection on
constant horsepower
multi-speed motors.
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Motor Protection Selection Tables
Class 601
Selection Tables for Conductors, Safety Switches and Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Based on 2005 NEC® Tables 430.147, 430.148 & 430.150
Horsepower Ratings
Amperage of Thermal-Magnetichj
Minimum Size metallic
QMBand Conduit 75° C, C Wire FieldInverse Time Circuit Breaker
Squirrel-Cage and WoundHeavy Installed Sized for 125% FLAe
Average
Direct
Rotor Motors with Norm.
Duty
For Motor Code
1Ø
Current Motors Full Load
Torque Characteritics
Switch
Letter B to E
Conduit 3 W
10 Hz ac
Operating at Amperage
For Motor
Operating at usual Speeds
with
Base Speed
f
Code Letter Time
AWG
3Ø 60 Hz
HeavyService
THHN
F to Vi
Ordinary
Delay kcmil
Energy
THWN
THW
200 230 460 575 115 200 230
Servicec and
Fusesg
Efficientd
XHHW
Vacb Vac Vac Vac Vac Vacb Vac 120 Vdc 240 Vdc
3/4
6.9 A
15 A
1/3
7.2 A
5
3.4
7.6 A
2
7.8 A
20 A
3/4
7.9 A
1
8.0 A
15 A
2
8.5 A
7-1/2
9.0 A
20 A
1
9.2 A
1
9.5 A
25 A
3
9.6 A
14
1/2 in.
N/A
1/2
9.8 A
1-1/2
10.0 A
3
7-1/2 10
11.0 A
20 A
30 A
1-1/2
11.5 A
30 A
2
12.0 A
25 A
3
12.2 A
1-1/2
13.2 A
25 A
35 A
3/4
2
13.8 A
10
14.0 A
5
15.2 A
40 A
30 A
1
16.0 A
35 A
15
3
2
17.0 A
45 A
5
17.5 A
35 A
12
1/2 in.
N/A
3
19.6 A
40 A
50 A
1-1/2
5
20.0 A
15
21.0 A
40 A
45 A
7-1/2
22.0 A
60 A
2
24.0 A
45 A
50 A
3
25.0 A
10
1/2 in.
N/A
7-1/2
25.3 A
50 A
70 A
20
25
27.0 A
60 A
10
5
28.0 A
DE3_p034.fm Page 34 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:30 AM
Automatic Switches
Class 600 / Refer to Catalogs 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101
Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only
the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no
overload or low level fault protection.
Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping
device such as a shunt trip.
All molded case switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers,
with the exception of Q-frame switches which do not have electrical accessories available.
Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA Certified.
L-Frame
Switch
J-Frame
Switch
H-Frame, J-Frame, and L-Frame PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac
Poles
2
H-Frame
J-Frame
3
3
L-Frame
4
Ampere
Rating
150 A
175 A
250 A
150 A
175 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
400 A
600 A
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Circuit
Breaker
G Withstand
L Withstand
R Withstand
Cat. No.
Trip Point
Cat. No.
Trip Point
HGL26000S15a
2250A
HLL26000S15
2250 A
JGL26000S17
3125 A
JLL26000S17
3125 A
JGL26000S25
3125 A
JLL26000S25
3125 A
HGL36000S15
2250 A
HLL36000S15
2250 A
JGL36000S17
3125 A
JLL36000S17
3125 A
JGL36000S25
3125 A
JLL36000S25
3125 A
LGL36000S40X
4800 A
LLL36000S40X
4800 A
LGL36000S60X
6600A
LLL36000S60X
6600 A
LGL46000S40X
4800 A
LLL46000S40X
4800 A
LGL46000S60X
6600A
LLL46000S60X
6600 A
a
True 2P device. Others are a 2P in a 3P module.
Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
JRL36000S17
JRL36000S25
LRL36000S40X
LRL36000S60X
LRL46000S40X
LRL46000S60X
Trip Point
—
—
—
—
3125 A
3125 A
4800 A
6600 A
4800 A
6600 A
Terminal
Wire Range
AL150HD
AL175JD
AL250JD
AL150HD
AL175JD
AL250JD
AL150HD
AL250JD
AL150HD
AL250JD
14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu
4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu
3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu
14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu
4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu
3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu
AL600LS52K3
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu
AL600LS52K4
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu
Q-Frame (240 Vac) PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches
Circuit
Breaker
Poles
Ampere
Rating
J Withstand
Wire Range
Cat. No.
2
225 A
QBL22000S22
Q-Frameb
3
225 A
QBL32000S22
b
Withstand rating of 10 kA at 240 Vac.
Trip Point
4500 A
4500 A
4 AWG–300 kcmil
P-Frame and R-Frame PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switchesd, 600 Vac
Frame
Poles
2
P
3
2
R
3
Ampere
Rating
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
3000 A
J Withstand
K Withstand
L Withstand
Cat. No.
Trip Point
Cat. No.
Trip Point
Cat. No.
PJL26000S60
10 kA
PKL26000S60
24 kA
PLL24000S60c
PJL26000S80
10 kA
PKL26000S80
24 kA
PLL24000S80c
PJL26000S10
10 kA
PKL26000S10
24 kA
PLL24000S10c
PJL26000S12
10 kA
PKL26000S12
24 kA
PLL24000S12c
PJL36000S60
10 kA
PKL36000S60
24 kA
PLL34000S60c
PJL36000S80
10 kA
PKL36000S80
24 kA
PLL34000S80c
PJL36000S10
10 kA
PKL36000S10
24 kA
PLL34000S10c
PJL36000S12
10 kA
PKL36000S12
24 kA
PLL34000S12c
—
—
RKF26000S12
57 kA
RLF26000S12
—
—
RKF26000S16
57 kA
RLF26000S16
—
—
RKF26000S20
57 kA
RLF26000S20
—
—
RKF26000S25
57 kA
RLF26000S25
—
—
RKF36000S12
57 kA
RLF36000S12
—
—
RKF36000S16
57 kA
RLF36000S16
—
—
RKF36000S20
57 kA
RLF36000S20
—
—
RKF36000S25
57 kA
RLF36000S25
—
—
RKF36000S30
57 kA
RLF36000S30
c
P-frame L-interrupting is available in 480 Vac only.
d
UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown.
Trip Point
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
48 kA
48 kA
48 kA
48 kA
48 kA
48 kA
48 kA
48 kA
48 kA
Terminal
Wire Range
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
R-frame circuit breakers can be
bus-connected or cable-connected.
For cable connections, RLTB kit or
equivalent bus structure is required.
Kit is included with 3000 A switches.
For all others, see page DE3-44.
H-, J-, L- P-, and R-Frame Withstand Ratingse
Voltage
*
Withstand
G
J
K
L
R
240 Vac
65 kA
100 kA
65 kA
125 kA
200 kA
480 Vac
35 kA
65 kA
50 kA *
100 kA
200 kA
600 Vac
18 kA
25 kA
50 kA *
50 kA
100 kA
e
The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker
with an equal continuous current rating.
R-Frame withstand rating is 65kA.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-42
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages DE3-54 and DE3-55
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages DE3-56–DE3-58
DE3-34
01/15
DE3_p035.fm Page 35 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:30 AM
500 Vdc Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600
CSA/UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers
The CSA/UL Listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown below are
specifically designed for use on ungrounded dc systems having a maximum short-circuit
voltage of 500 Vdc or a maximum floating (unloaded) voltage of 600 Vdc. The circuit
breakers are suitable for use only with UPS (uninterruptable power supplies) and
ungrounded systems.
This two-level voltage rating allows these circuit breakers to be applied to battery sources
having a short-circuit availability of 20,000 amperes for LH, and MH circuit breakers and
25,000 amperes for PAF circuit breakers at 500 Vdc.
DC Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/
Francher seulement comme suit:
300 V
300 V
600 V MAX.
or
MAX.
MAX.
o
ou
Load/Carga/
Charge
Ampere Rating
100 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
225 A
250 A
250 A
300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A
900 A
1000 A
1200 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A
900 A
1000 A
1200 A
Load/Carga/
Charge
Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating)
500 Vdc max. (loaded)
DC Circuit Breaker Label
a
b
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.
JGL37100D81
JGL37125D81
JGL37150D81
JGL37175D81
JGL37200D82
JGL37225D82
JGL37250D82
LHL3625025DC
LHL3630026DC
LHL3635029DC
LHL3640030DC
MHL3645031DC
MHL3650032DC
MHL3660033DC
MHL3670035DC
MHL3680036DC
MHL3690039DC
MHL36100040DC
MHL36120040DCb
MHL3645031DCH
MHL3650032DCH
MHL3660033DCH
MHL3670035DCH
MHL3680036DCH
MHL3690039DCH
MHL36100040DCH
MHL36120040DCHb
Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range—DC
Amperesa
Low
400
400
400
400
500
500
500
625
750
875
1000
1125
1250
1500
1750
2000
2500
2500
2500
1125
1250
1500
1750
2000
2500
2500
2500
High
600
600
600
600
850
850
850
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
3000
3500
4000
5000
5000
5000
2250
2500
3000
3500
4000
5000
5000
5000
Interrupting Rating
@ 500 Vdc
20 k AIR
20 k AIR
20 k AIR
20 k AIR
25 k AIR
50 k AIR
50 k AIR
Magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.
Suitable for use only in a ventilated enclosure. Minimum enclosure dimensions are 38" h x 20" w x 7" d with a
minimum of 300 square inches of ventilation near the top and bottom of the enclosure.
Ampere Rating
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.
PAF361200DC
PAF361600DC
PAF362000DC
PCF362500DC
Fixed Magnetic Trip Range—DC
Amperesa
Hold
1200
1600
2000
2500
Trip
1620
2160
2700
3375
Interrupting Rating
@ 500 Vdc
25 k AIR
25 k AIR
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages DE3-54 and DE3-55
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages DE3-56–DE3-58
01/15
DE3-35
DE3
CAUTION/PRECAUCION/
ATTENTION
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
LH and MH circuit breakers are provided with an adjustable magnetic trip that is readily
accessible by means of a single adjustment on the face of the circuit breaker. PAF circuit
breakers have a fixed magnetic trip range.
These circuit breakers are CSA/UL Listed for the interrupting ratings shown only if applied
with three poles connected in series (series connection is external to circuit breaker). See
diagram below.
NOTE: Due to external series connection, I-Line™ circuit breakers are not available for
this application.
DE3_p036.fm Page 36 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:30 AM
500 Vdc Circuit Breakers
CSA/UL Listed 500 Vdc NW Circuit Breakers
Class 0613DC / Refer to catalog 0613CT0501
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
CSA/UL Listed Masterpact NW DC circuit breakers are for use on ungrounded systems rated 500
Vdc (600 Vdc unloaded) or less. IEC Rated circuit breakers are for use on ungrounded, grounded
middle point, or grounded negative systems. Please refer to catalog 0613CT0501 for details.
Masterpact NW DC Circuit Breaker
Masterpact NW DC Circuit Breakers
Ampere Rating
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.
Interrupting Rating 500 Vdc
(max 600 Vdc unloaded)
800 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000A
2500 A
3000 A
4000 A
800 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000A
2500 A
3000 A
4000 A
NW08NDC
NW12NDC
NW16NDC
NW20NDC
NW25NDC
NW30NDC
NW40NDC
NW08HDC
NW12HDC
NW16HDC
NW20HDC
NW25HDC
NW30HDC
NW40HDC
35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA
DE3-36
Fixed Circuit Breaker
Version C
Version C1
Drawout Circuit Breaker
Version C
Version C1
Cradle
Version C
Version C1
01/15
DE3_p037.fm Page 37 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:31 AM
Mission Critical Circuit Breakers
Selective Coordination
Designed for selectively coordinated systems, mission critical circuit breakers maximize continuity of the electrical
service by allowing the branch circuit breaker to clear the fault.
PowerPact D-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breaker
Mission critical circuit breakers are engineered with technology that optimizes current, time and energy selectivity
so the fault is cleared by the circuit breaker immediately upstream of the occurrence. This technology (see figure
below) allows the remaining areas of the electrical system to continue operation without disruption. In addition to
QO 20 A 1P
Load
unique design attributes, Square D mission critical circuit breakers have also undergone rigorous testing
procedures to certify the coordination with downstream circuit breakers—combining innovative engineering with
FAULT
validated test results.
QO 100 A 2P
Apply Square D mission critical circuit breakers in emergency power distribution systems, data centers, hospitals
Load
or anywhere continuity of service is desired.
The PowerPact™ J- and L-Frame Mission Critical circuit breakers deliver high levels of selective coordination in a flexible design that can be easily
configured for a variety of applications. Tested to be selectively coordinated with the QO™ family of miniature circuit breakers and the ED, EG, and EJ
circuit breakers, this solution provides peace of mind when power availability is critical.
An electronic trip unit provides adjustable long-time settings in four sensor sizes, allowing coverage from 70 A through 600 A on a 120–240, 208Y/120,
240, 480Y/277, and 480 V systems.
PowerPact J- and L-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers
Available Configurations
I-Line mounting
Main circuit breaker in NQ and NF panelboards
Unit mount for OEM users
Plug-in base for OEM users
Drawout base ofr OEM users
J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac)
with Factory Sealed Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona
Electronic Trip
Continuous
Trip Function Trip Unit
Unit Type
Current
Standard
LI
3.2 W
250
Standard
LSI
3.2S-W
250
High Perf. Ammerter
LSI
5.2A-W
250
High Perf. Energy
LSI
5.2E-W
250
High Perf. Ammerter
LSIG
6.2A-W
250
High Perf. Energy
LSIG
6.2E-W
250
a
Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated.
b
AL250JD terminal wire range is (1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu.
D Interrupting
Cat. No.
JDL34250WU31X
JDL34250WU33X
JDL34250WU43X
JDL34250WU53X
JDL34250WU44X
JDL34250WU54X
G Interrupting
Cat. No.
JGL34250WU31X
JGL34250WU33X
JGL34250WU43X
JGL34250WU53X
JGL34250WU44X
JGL34250WU54X
J Interrupting
Cat. No.
JJL34250WU31X
JJL34250WU33X
JJL34250WU43X
JJL34250WU53X
JJL34250WU44X
JJL34250WU54X
L Interrupting
Cat. No.
JLL34250WU31X
JLL34250WU33X
JJLL34250WU43X
JLL34250WU53X
JLL34250WU44X
JLL34250WU54X
Terminal
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
L-Frame 600 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac)
with Factory Sealed Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona
Electronic Trip
Unit Type
Trip Function
Trip Unit
Standard
LI
3.3 W
Standard
LSI
3.3S-W
Continuous
Current
D Interrupting
Cat. No.
G Interrupting
Cat. No.
J Interrupting
Cat. No.
L Interrupting
Cat. No.
250
400
600
250
400
600
400
600
400
600
400
600
400
600
LDL34250WU31X
LDL34400WU31X
LDL34600WU31X
LDL34250WU33X
LDL34400WU33X
LDL34600WU33X
LDL34400WU43X
LDL34600WU43X
LDL34400WU53X
LDL34600WU53X
LDL34400WU44X
LDL34600WU44X
LDL34400WU54X
LDL34600WU54X
LGL34250WU31X
LGL34400WU31X
LGL34600WU31X
LGL34250WU33X
LGL34400WU33X
LGL34600WU33X
LGL34400WU43X
LGL34600WU43X
LGL34400WU53X
LGL34600WU53X
LGL34400WU44X
LGL34600WU44X
LGL34400WU54X
LGL34600WU54X
LJL34250WU31X
LJL34400WU31X
LJL34600WU31X
LJL34250WU33X
LJL34400WU33X
LJL34600WU33X
LJL34400WU43X
LJL34600WU43X
LJL34400WU53X
LJL34600WU53X
LJL34400WU44X
LJL34600WU44X
LJL34400WU54X
LJL34600WU54X
LLL34250WU31X
LLL34400WU31X
LLL34300WU31X
LLL34250WU33X
LLL34400WU33X
LLL34300WU33X
LLL34400WU43X
LLL34300WU43X
LLL34400WU53X
LLL34300WU53X
LLL34400WU44X
LLL34300WU44X
LLL34400WU54X
LLL34300WU54X
LGL44250WU31X
LGL44400WU31X
LGL44600WU31X
LGL44250WU33X
LGL44400WU33X
LGL44600WU33X
LGL44400WU43X
LGL44600WU43X
LGL44400WU53X
LGL44600WU53X
LGL44400WU44X
LGL44600WU44X
LGL44400WU54X
LGL44600WU54X
LJL44250WU31X
LJL44400WU31X
LJL44600WU31X
LJL44250WU33X
LJL44400WU33X
LJL44600WU33X
LJL44400WU43X
LJL44600WU43X
LJL44400WU53X
LJL44600WU53X
LJL44400WU44X
LJL44600WU44X
LJL44400WU54X
LJL44600WU54X
LLL44250WU31X
LLL44400WU31X
LLL44300WU31X
LLL44250WU33X
LLL44400WU33X
LLL44300WU33X
LLL44400WU43X
LLL44300WU43X
LLL44400WU53X
LLL44300WU53X
LLL44400WU44X
LLL44300WU44X
LLL44400WU54X
LLL44300WU54X
Terminal
480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
High Perf. Ammeter
LSI
5.3A-W
High Perf. Energy
LSI
5.3E-W
High Perf. Ammeter
LSIG
6.3A-W
High Perf. Energy
LSIG
6.3E-W
AL400L61K3b
AL600LS52K3c
AL400L61K3b
AL600LS52K3c
AL600LS52K3c
AL600LS52K3c
AL600LS52K3c
AL600LS52K3c
480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P
250
LDL44250WU31X
400
LDL44400WU31X
600
LDL44600WU31X
250
LDL44250WU33X
Standard
LSI
3.3S-W
400
LDL44400WU33X
600
LDL44600WU33X
400
LDL44400WU43X
High Perf. Ammeter
LSI
5.3A-W
600
LDL44600WU43X
400
LDL44400WU53X
High Perf. Energy
LSI
5.3E-W
600
LDL44600WU53X
400
LDL44400WU44X
High Perf. Ammeter
LSIG
6.3A-W
600
LDL44600WU44X
400
LDL44400WU54X
High Perf. Energy
LSIG
6.3E-W
600
LDL44600WU54X
a
250A and 400A MCCB are 100% rated. 600A MCCB are standard (80%) rated.
b
AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) #2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) #2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu.
c
AL600LS52K3 terminal wire ranges are (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu.
Standard
LI
3.3 W
AL400L61K4b
AL600LS52K4c
AL400L61K4b
AL600LS52K4c
AL600LS52K4c
AL600LS52K4c
AL600LS52K4c
AL600LS52K4c
J-Frame Termination Options
Termination Letter
A = I-Line (See Section 9)
For factory-installed
F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)a
termination, place termination
L = Lugs both ends
letter in the third block of the
M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end
circuit breaker catalog number.
P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end
HGL36100
N = Plug-in b
D = Drawout b
Termination Letter
S = Rear Connected b
Plug-in
a
Add TS suffix for circuit breaker without terminal nut kit.
b
For N and D termination please refer to page DE3-45. For S termination please refer to page DE3-41.
Drawout
Rear Connected
H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
01/15
D
25 kA
18 kA
Interrupting Rating
G
J
65 kA
100 kA
35 kA
65 kA
L
125 kA
100 kA
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-55
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-56
DE3-37
DE3
Ratings
UL 489 Listed
CSA Certified
Voltage: 480 V
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
06163051
208 Y/120 V 3 Phase Panel
DE3_p038.fm Page 38 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:31 AM
Mission Critical Circuit Breakers
Selective Coordination
LA Mission Critical Circuit Breakers
The LA High Magnetic Withstand MC Circuit Breakers are designed to trip at a higher magnetic trip level (18–20 times
handle rating) than typical molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs) (which trip at 5–10 times the handle rating).
The high magnetic withstand value of these LA circuit breakers allow the downstream branch circuit breaker to clear
the fault.
L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit Breakers For Mission Critical Loads
Ampere
Rating
AC Magnetic Level
Factory Set
Hold
Trip
LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac
200 A
3400 A
4000 A
225 A
3825 A
4500 A
250 A
4250 A
5000 A
400 A
6000 A
7200 A
Standard Interrupting
High Interrupting
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Terminal
Wire Range
LAL34200MC
LAL34225MC
LAL34250MC
LHL34200MC
LHL34225MC
LHL34250MC
AL250LAMC
(1) 250–350 kcmil Al
(1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Cu
LAL34400MC
LHL34400MC
AL400LA
(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
L-Frame Interrupting Table
LAL
LHL
240 Vac
42 kA
65 kA
480 Vac
30 kA
35 kA
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-54
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-56
DE3-38
01/15
DE3_p039.fm Page 39 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:32 AM
PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories
Electrical Accessories
Class 0611, 612 / Refer to Catalogs 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101
Electrical Accessories
Auxiliary and
Alarm Switches
(OF, SD, SDE)
Provides circuit
breaker contact
status.
Standard
Min
Load =
10mA with
24V
Note:The location
of the accessory
in the circuit
breaker
determines its
function.
H-, J-, L-, M-, P,
and R-Frame
Low Level
Min
Load =
1mA with
24V
Shunt Trip (MX)
Trips the circuit breaker from a
remote location by means of a trip
coil energized from a separate
supply voltage circuit.
H-, J-, and
L-Frame
Undervoltage Trip (MN)
Instantaneously opens the circuit
breaker when the under-voltage
trip supply voltage drops to a value
between 35% and 70% of its rated
voltage. Closing is allowed when
the supply voltage of the
undervoltage trip reaches 85% of
rated voltage.
H-, J-, and
L-Frame
Time Delay Unit
Undervoltage trip with externally
mounted adjustable time delay
unit for UVR of 0.5, 0.9, 1.5, 3.0
seconds before circuit breaker
trips
Rated Voltage
1 auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b
2 auxiliary switch (OF) 2a2b
3 auxiliary switch (OF) 3a3b
Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b
Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b
OF Switch
Consisting of:
SDE Adapter
Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch
OF Switch
Consisting of:
SDE Adapter
Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch/Adapter
(OF/SD/SDE) Kit
One auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b
Two auxiliary switches (OF) 2a2b
3 auxiliary switches (OF) 3a3b
Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b
Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b
OF Switch
Consisting of:
SDE Adapter
Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch
OF Switch
Consisting of:
SDE Adapterc
24
48
110-130
220-240
AC
208-277
380-480
525-600
12
24
30
48
DC
60
125
250
24
48
110-130
220-240
AC
208-277
380-480
525-600
12
24
30
48
DC
60
125
250
48
100-130
AC/DC
220-250
380-480
48
Undervoltage trip with externally
mounted non-adjustable time
delay unit of 0.25 sec before circuit
breaker trips.
a
b
c
d
01/15
M-, P-, and R-Frame
L-Frame
Factory- H- and J-Frame
Installed Field-Installable Field-Installable
Cat. Suffix
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
AA
S29450
S29450
AB
2x S29450 2x
S29450
AC
—
3x
S29450
BC
S29450
S29450
BD
—
S29450
—
S29450
—
—
S29451
—
BE
—
2x
S29450
—
2x S29450
—
—
S29451
—
Factory
Installed
Cat. Suffix
AA
AB
AC
BC
BD
—
—
BE
—
—
—
—
—
—
AE
AF
AG
BH
BJ
—
—
BK
—
—
SK
SL
SA
—
SD
SH
SJ
SN
SO
SU
SP
SV
SR
SS
UK
UL
UA
—
UD
UH
UJ
UN
UO
UU
UP
UV
UR
US
—
—
—
—
S29452
S29452
—
S29452
—
S29452
S29451
—
S29452
S29451
S29384
S29385
S29386
—
S29387
S29388
S29389
S29382
S29390
S29391
S29392
S29383
S29393
S29394
S29404
S29405
S29406
—
S29407
S29408
S29409
S29402
S29410
S29411
S29412
S29403
S29413
S29414
S33680
S33681
S33682
—
S29452
S29452
S29452
S29452
S29452
—
—
S29452
—
—
S29384
S29385
S29386
—
S29387
S29388
S29389
S29382
S29390
S29391
S29392
S29383
S29393
S29394
S29404
S29405
S29406
—
S29407
S29408
S29409
S29402
S29410
S29411
S29412
S29403
S29413
S29414
S33680
S33681
S33682
—
AE
AF
AG
BH
BJ #
—
—
BK#
—
—
SK
SL
SA
SC
SD
SH
—
SN
SK
SK
SL
SL
SA
SC
UK
UL
UA
UC
—
UH
—
—
UK
UK
UL
UL
UA
UC
—
—
—
—
S29426
—
—
2x
2x
S29426
2x
3x
2x
Field-Installable
Cat. No.
2x
3x
2x
S29450
S29450
S29450
S29450
S29450
—
—
S29450
—
—
S33801b
2x
3x
2x
S29452
S29452
S29452
S29452
S29452
—
—
S29452
—
—
S33659
S33660
S33661
S33662
S33663
S33664
—
S33658
S33659
S33659
S33660
S33660
S33661
S33662
S33668
S33669
S33670
S33671
—
S33673
—
—
S33668
S33668
S33669
S33669
S33670
S33671
S33680a
S33681a
S33682a
S33683a
—
100-130
—
—
—
—
S33684a
200-250
—
—
—
—
S33685a
220-240
—
S29427
S29427
—
—
AC/DC
Field-installable kit includes time delay module only. Order undervoltage trip separately.
P-frame drawout circuit breaker only.
SDE Adapter used for H- and J-frame only.
Not available on electrically operated P-frame.
DE3-39
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Description
DE3
H-, J-, and L-Frame
Accessory
DE3_p040.fm Page 40 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:32 AM
PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories
Motor Operators and Rotary Handles
Class 0611, 612 / Refer to Catalogs 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101
Motor Operators for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
AC
Standard motor for electrically-operated circuit
breakersb
DC
Communicating motor for electrically-operated
circuit breakersc
Motor Operator
AC
Field--Installable Kit
H-Framea
J-Frame
L-Frame 600 A
ML
MA
Cat. No.
S29440
S29433
Cat. No.
S31548
S31540
Cat. No.
S432639
S432640
48-60
110-130
208-277
220-240
380-415
440-480
24-30
48-60
110-130
250
MD
S29434
S31541
S432641
MF
MH
MO
MV
MR
MS
—
S29435
S29436
S29437
S29438
S29439
—
S31542
S31543
S31544
S31545
S31546
S432642
S432647
S432643
S432644
S432645
S432646
220-240
NC
S429441
S431549
S432652
—
—
—
—
S41940
S42888
—
S41940
S42888
S32649
S41940
S42888
—
S429449
S429449
—
—
—
—
S37420
—
S37420
S32648
—
Mounting hardware
Ronis lock
Profalux lock
Mounting hardware plus Ronis
lock
Locking device
Operations counter
Adapter for I-Line circuit breaker
Spring-Charging Motors for Electrically-Operated P-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
Rated Voltage
AC
Standard motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakers.
Factory-installed includes motor and
opening/closing coils.
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Factory
Installed
Cat. No. Suffix
Rated Voltage
DC
AC
Communicating motor mechanism for
electrically operated circuit breakers.
Factory-installed includes motor
and opening/closing coils.
Spring-charging
Motor
DC
48
100-130
220-240
380-415
24-30
48-60
110-130
200-250
48
100-130
220-240
380-415
24-30
48-60
110-130
200-250
Factory Installed
P-Frame (For Field-replacement Only)
Replacement Coils
Cat. No. Suffix
ML
MA
MC
MF
MO
MV
MR
MS
NL
NA
NC
NF
NO
NV
NR
NS
Spring Charging Motor Cat. No.
S47391
S47395
S47396
S47398
S47390
S47391
S47392
S47393
S47391
S47395
S47396
S47398
S47390
S47391
S47392
S47393
Opening/Closing Coil Cat. No.
S33660
S33661
S33662
S33664
S33659
S33660
S33661
S33662
S33034
S33035
S33036
S33038
S33033
S33034
S33035
S33036
Rotary Operated Handles
H- and J-Framea
Device
Standard black handle
Standard black handle with
Direct Mounted
Red handle on yellow bezel
MCC conversion accessory
CNOMO conversion accessory
Standard black handle
black handle
Door Mounted Standard
with:
Red handle on yellow bezel
Rotary Handle Replacement Kit
Telescoping
Key lock adapter
Accessories
Key locks
Indication Auxiliary Switch
Description
Factory Installed
Cat. No. Suffix
Handle only
Two early-break and two early make switches
One early-break switch
Two early-make switches
Handle only
One early-break switch
Two early-make switches
Handle only
Two early-break and two early make switches
Two early make switches
Handle only
Ronis 1351.500
Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
2 Ronis keylocks with 1 key
2 Profalux keylocks with 1 key
One early-break switch
Two early-make switches
a
b
c
Direct-Mounted
handle
DE3-40
Field Installable
Cat. No.
L-Frame
P-Frame
Factory Installed Field Installable
Cat. No. Suffix
Cat. No.
Factory
Installed
Cat. No. Suffix
RD10
RD16
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RE10
RE16
—
—
S33875
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RD10
S29337
RD10
S32597
—
—
—
—
RD12
S29337 +S29345
RD12
S32597 +S32605
RD13
S29337 +S29346
RD13
S32597 +S29346
RD20
S29339
RD20
S32599
RD22
S29339 +S29345
RD22
S32599 +S32605
RD23
S29339 +S29346
RD23
S32599 +S29346
—
S429341
—
S32606
—
—
—
S32602
RE10
S29338
RE10
S32598
—
—
—
—
RE13
S29338 +S29346
RE13
S32598 +S29346
RE20
S29340
RE20
S32600
—
—
—
—
RT10
S29343
RT10
S32603
—
S429344
—
S32604
—
S41940
—
S41940
—
S42888
—
S42888
—
S41950
—
S41950
—
S42878
—
S42878
—
S29445
—
S32605
—
S29346
—
S29346
Not available in H-frame 2P modules.
Factory and field-installed standard motor operators for H- and J-frame circuit breakers
require the SDE switch and SDE adapter (both included).
Factory and field-installed standard motor operators for L-frame circuit breakers require the
SDE switch (included).
Installation requires BSCM with NSX Cord. See page DE3-49 for ordering information.
Door-Mounted
Handle
01/15
DE3_p041.fm Page 41 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:41 AM
Class 0611, 612 /
Refer to Catalogs 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101
PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories
Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections
Locks, Interlocking
Device
Description
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
Removable (lock OFF only)
S29370
Fixed (lock OFF or ON)
S29371
Fixed (lock OFF only)-2P
H2PHLA
Fixed (lock OFF only)a
S37422
Mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary handlesa
S29369
Interlocking
(Not UL listed) Mechanical for circuit breakers with togglesa
S29354
Provision only, vertical mount,
Kirk
—
—
1 or 2 locks
Provisions only, vertical mounting
one key interlock including
Kirk
—
—
padlock provision, open position
only.
Kirk
—
—
Provision only, horizontal mount
1 lock, M- and P-frame
Ronis
—
—
1 or 2 locks, R-frame
Profalux
—
—
Provision and 1 lock, vertical
Kirk
—
—
mount
Key Locking
Kirk
—
—
Provision and 1 lock, horizontal
Ronis
—
—
mount
Profalux
—
—
Provision and 2 locks keyed alike
Kirk
—
—
Provision and 2 locks keyed
Kirk
—
—
differently
a
Not available in M frame or HD and HG 2P modules.
b
Not available for M, P or P frame drawout. Only available on P frame electronic.
c
Not available on I-Line
Handle
Padlocking
Device
Q-Frame
L-Frame
Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
Suffix
—
YP
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
M- and P-Frame
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
QBPA
Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
Suffix
—
YP
YQ
—
—
QBPAF
—
QBMIK
—
R-Frame
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
S29370
S32631
Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
Suffix
—
YP
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
S44936
S32631
Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
Suffix
—
YP
YQ
—
—
NJPAF
S32621
S32614
YQ
—
—
MPRPAF
S33890
—
YQ
—
—
MPRPAF
—
—
—
—
—
JA
—
—
—
—
—
JEaf
—
JEf
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
JK
JBd
JDd
—
—
—
JK
JB
JD
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
JG
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
JL
JCd
JFd
JN
—
—
—
—
JL
JC
JF
JN
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
JP
—
JP
—
S33996
S32631
—
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
H- and J-Frame
Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
Suffix
—
YP
YQ
YQ
—
—
H- and J-Frame
L-Frame
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
S29315
S29317
S29329
S29319
S29375
S29305
—
S29313
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
32556
S32558
32570
S32560
S29375
—
—
S432553
Description
Handle Rubber Boot
Door Escutcheon
Front Panel Escutcheon for Toggle Breakers
Front Panel Escutcheon for Rotary Handle, Motor Operator, or extended escutcheon
Phase Barriers (set of 6)
Handle Rubber Bootd
Sealing Accessories (for front cover screws)
DIN rail mounting kit (requires 15 mm depth on a 35 mm DIN rail)d
DIN rail adapter
Handle Extensions (set of 5)
d
Not available in HD and HG 2P modules.
Installation Accessories for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
Terminal Covers
Rear Connection
Terminal Covers
Replacement Handle
Removable Padlock
Attachment
M-, P-Frame
R-Frame
M-, P-Frame
P-Frame
Accessory Cover
Door Escutcheon
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
S33718
S33929
S33717
S33857
S33932
S33933
S33934
S33935
S33997
S46998
S46996
Frame
Toggle Handle
Drawout
Short lug cover 3P
Short lug cover 4P
Long lug cover 3P
Long lug cover 4P
Standard
Standard Short
Long
P-Frame
R-Frame
M-, P-Frame
M-, P-Frame
Fixed Padlock
Attachment
Rear Connections
H-Frame
J-Frame
FactoryInstalled
Field-Installed
Poles
Poles
Termination
Cat. No.
No.
2
S
—
2
S
—
Mixed Rear
Connection Kite
3
S
S37432
3
S
S37437
Short rear connections (set of 2)
—
2x
S37433
—
2x
S37438
2 or 3
2 or 3
Long rear connections (set of 2)
—
S37434
—
S37439f
Consisting of:
Short terminal cover (3P)
3
—
S37436
3
—
S37440
Short terminal cover (4P)
4
—
—
—
—
—
e
Kit contains 4 short rear connections, 2 long rear connections (4 long rear connections for 4P), hardware, and 2 terminal covers..
f
For use with 3P circuit breakers only.
Device
01/15
Description
FactoryField-Installable
Installed
Cat. No.
Termination No.
L-Frame
Poles
Factory-Installed
Termination No.
3
4
S
S
—
—
—
—
3
3
4
Field-Installed
Cat. No.
2x
2x
2x
2x
S32477
S32478
S432475
S432476
S32562
S32563
DE3-41
DE3
Installation Accessories for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers
DE3_p042.fm Page 42 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:42 AM
EPowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories
Mechanical Lugs
Class 0611, 612 / Refer to Catalogs 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101
Mechanical Lug Kits for H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakersa
Circuit Breaker Application
Description
J-Frame Lug
Standard
Ampere Rating
Optional
HD, HG, HJ, HL
15–150 A
Al Lugs for Use with Al or
JD, JG, JJ, JL
150–175 A
Cu Wire
JD, JG, JJ, JL
200–250 A
JD,JG,JJ,JL
HD,HG,HJ,HL
Cu Lugs for Use with Cu
Wire Only
JD,JG,JJ,JL
Control Wire Terminal for H-frame lug kit
Control Wire Terminal for J-frame lug kit
a
See page DE3-44 for terminal nuts/bus bar connections.
Ampere
Rating
Number of Wires
Per Lug and Wire Range
Kit Cat. No.
Qty
Per Kit
150–175 A
15–150 A
150–250 A
(1) 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu
(1) 4-4/0 AWG Al or Cu
(1) 3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu
(1) 14–2/0 AWG Cu
(1) 1/0–300 kcmil Cu
AL150HD
AL175JD
AL250JD
CU150HD
CU250JD
S37423
S37424
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
Number of Wires
Per Lug and Wire Range
Kit Cat. No.
Qty
Per Kit
(1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al
(1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu
AL400L61K3
AL400L61K4
AL600LS52K3
AL600LS52K4
AL600LF52K3
CU400L61K3
CU400L61K4
CU600LS52K3
CU600LS52K4
CU600LF52K3
3
4
3
4
3
3
4
3
4
3
Cat. No.
Lugs
Per Kit
AL800M23K
AL800M23K4
AL1200P24Kb
AL800P6Kb
AL800P6K4b
AL800P7Kb
AL800P7K4b
AL1200P25Kc
AL1200P25K4c
AL1200P6KUc
AL1200P6KU4c
AL1200P7KUc
AL1200P7KU4c
AL1200R53K
AL2500RKd
CU250P1Kf
CU800M23K
CU800M23K4
CU1200P24Kb
CU1200P25Kc
CU1200P25K4
CU1200R53K
3
4
1
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
1
2
3
3
4
1
3
4
1
Mechanical Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breaker Application
Ampere
Rating
250
Al Lugs for Use with Al
or Cu Wire
Poles
Unit Mount
I-Line
3
4
3
4
3
3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
X
X
4
3
4
3
X
X
X
X
—
—
—
X
400/600
L-Frame Lugs
400/600
250/400
Cu Lugs for Use with Cu
Wire Only
400/600
400/600
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Description
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu
(2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu
Mechanical Lug Kits for M-Frame, P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breakerse
Circuit Breaker Application
Description
M- and P-Frame Lugs
(800 A and below)
Standard
M-, P-Frame
Al Lugs
for AL or Cu Wire
Wires per Lug
and Wire Range
Rating
Optional
Ampere
Rating
800 A
—
800 A
1200 A
PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ
800 A
(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil
—
PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ
800 A
(2) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil
—
PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ
800 A
(2) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil
750 kcmil: compact AL only
1200 A
PG ,PJ, PL
800 A
(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil
—
PG, PJ,P L
800–1200 A
(3) 350-600 kcmil
—
PG, PJ, PL
1200 A
1200 A
2500 A
—
I-Line
Unit Mount
PJ
—
—
100–150 A
(3) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil
750 kcmil: compact AL only
(4) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil
(1) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil
(1) 1-1/0 AWG
(3) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil
(3) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil
P-Frame
PG,PJ,PL
R-Frame
M-, P-Frame
Cu Lugs
for Cu Wire Onlyd
P-Frame Lugs
(Above 800 A)
P-Frame
b
c
d
e
f
g
DE3-42
800 A
MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL
—
1200 A
MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL
800–1200 A
(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil
1200 A
PG, PJ, PL
800–1200 A
(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil
R-Frame
1200 A
I-Line
—
(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil
Does not fit onto ON end of unit-mount P-frame circuit breakers.
For unit-mount circuit breaker only.
All unit-mount R-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. See page DE3-44.
For lug with a tapped hole for control wire, add a “T” before the “K” in the catalog number (for example, AL800P6TK).
This lug can only be used on low amp PJ frame breakers where the Instantaneous setting must not be turned OFF. The cables must be laced with rope
per lug instructions.
Not available with tapped hole for control wire.
01/15
DE3_p043.fm Page 43 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:42 AM
Class 0611, 612 / Refer to Catalogs
0611CT1001, 0612CT0101
PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories
Compression Lugs and Power Distribution Connectors (PDC)
J-Frame Compression Lugs
Circuit
Breaker Type
Ampere
Rating
System Range
Compression Lug Kits for H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
60 A
6–2 AWG Al or Cu
H-frame
Aluminum
150 A
1/0–4/0 AWG Al or Cu
Compression
150 A
1–3/0 AWG Al or Cu
Lug Kits
J-frame
250 A
3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu
60 A
6–1/0 AWG Cu
H-frame
Copper
150 A
4–2/0 AWG Cu
Compression
150 A
6–1/0 AWG Cu
Lug Kits
J-frame
250 A
2/0–300 kcmil Cu
Compression Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
400 A
4-300 kcmil Al/Cu
600 A
4-300 kcmil Al/Cu
400 A
2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu
600 A
2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu
500-750 kcmil Al
400 A
Aluminum
500 kcmil Cu
Compression
L-frame
400
A
4-300
kcmil Al/Cu
Lug Kits
600 A
4-300 kcmil Al/Cu
400 A
2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu
600 A
2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu
500-750 kcmil Al
400 A
500 kcmil Cu
400 A
2/0-300 kcmil Cu
600 A
2/0-300 kcmil Cu
400 A
250-500 kcmil Cu
Copper
600 A
250-500 kcmil Cu
Compression
L-frame
400 A
2/0-300 kcmil Cu
Lug Kits
600 A
2/0-300 kcmil Cu
400 A
250-500 kcmil Cu
600 A
250-500 kcmil Cu
Mounting
Type
Dimension A
(in)
Max. Lugs per
Terminal
Cat. No.
Qty.
Per Kit
Unit
1.2
2.5
1.2
2.5
1.0
1.2
0.7
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
YA060HD
YA150HD
YA150JD
YA250J35
CYA060HD
CYA150HD
CYA150JD
CYA250J3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1.2
2.5
1
2
1
2
YA400L31K3
YA600L32K3
YA400L51K3
YA600L52K3
3
6
3
6
1
YA400L71K3
3
YA400L31K4
YA600L32K4
YA400L51K4
YA600L52K4
4
8
4
8
Unit
1.2
1
2
1
2
2.5
1
YA400L71K4
4
1.2
2.5
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
CYA400L31K3
CYA600L32K3
CYA400L51K3
CYA600L52K3
CYA400L31K4
CYA600L32K4
CYA400L51K4
CYA600L52K4
3
6
3
6
4
8
4
8
YA250P3
YA300P5
YA400P3
YA400P7
YA600P5
YA800P7
YA1200R3
YA1200R5
YA1200R7
YA2000R3
YA2000R5
YA2500R7
CYA400P5
CYA600P5
CYA800P7
CYA1200R5
CYA1200R7
1
1
2
1
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
1
2
2
4
4
Unit
Compression Lug Kits for M-Frame, P-Frame, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers
250 A
2/0-300 kcmil
300 A
4/0-500 kcmil
400 A
2/0-300 kcmil
M-, P-framec
Unit
400 A
500-750 kcmil
600 A
4/0-500 kcmil
Aluminum
800 A
500-750 kcmil
P-Frame Compression Lug Kit Compression
1200 A
2/0-300 kcmil
Lug Kits
1200 A
4/0-500 kcmil
I-line
1200 A
500-750 kcmil
R-frameac
2000 A
2/0-300 kcmil
Unit
2000 A
4/0-500 kcmil
R-Frame Compression Lug Kit
PDC6HD6
3.7
2
3.9
2
4.3
2
3.7
2
3.9
2
4.3
2
3.8
4
4.0
4
4.4
4
a
8
a
8
2500 A
500-750 kcmil
a
8b
400 A
4/0-500 kcmil
3.3
2
M-, P-framec
600 A
4/0-500 kcmil
Unit
3.3
2
Copper
Compression
800 A
500-750 kcmil
3.6
2
Lug Kits
1200 A
4/0-500 kcmil
3.5
4
R-framec
I-Line
1200 A
500-750 kcmil
3.8
4
a
All unit-mount R-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. See page DE3-44.
b
9 lugs for 3000 A circuit breakers
c
Not for use on I-Line™ circuit breakers unless wire bending space is adequate.
Power Distribution Connectors for H-Frame, J-Frame and L-Frame Circuit Breakers
PDC6JD4
Use with Circuit
Breaker Type
Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating
Wires Per Terminal &
Wire Range
15–150
(6) 14–6 AWG Cu
15–150
(3) 14–2 AWG Cu
150–250
(6) 14–4 AWG Cu
JD, JG, JJ, JLd
150–250
(2) 14–1 AWG and (1) 3–2/0 AWG Cu
150–600
(3) 14–1 AWG and (2) 3–2/0 AWG
LD, LG, LJ, LL
150–600
(12) 14–4 AWG
d
OFF end only when OFF end is the load end.
HD, HG, HJ, HLd
Dimension A (in.)
Cat. No.
Qty.
Per Kit
1.0
1.2
1.0
1.5
1.28f
1.31f
PDC6HD6
PDC3HD2
PDC6JD4
PDC3JD20
PDC5DG20L3
PDC12DG4L3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Power Distribution Connectors for M-Frame and P-Frame Circuit Breakerse
PDC12P4
PDC6P20
Crimp lug or PDC connectors
extension past end or circuit
breaker “A” See Table
Use for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker in place of standard
distribution block to save space and time.
• Use on load end of circuit breaker only
• Use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only.
• Use in UL1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment.
• For Cu wire only.
e
f
Ampere Rating
250–1200 A
250–1200 A
(Wires Per Terminal)
Wire Range
(6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu
(6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu
(12) 10–4 AWG Cu
Cat. No.
Qty Per Kit
PDC6P20
PDC6P204
PDC12P4
PDC12P44
3
4
3
4
Not for use with I-Line™ circuit breakers.
Kit includes long terminal shield and cover, which adds 1.65 inches to standard lug with short terminal shield.
Extremity
of
Molded Case
w/Mechanical
Lugs
“A” See Table
01/15
DE3-43
DE3
Description
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Compression Lug Kits for PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers
DE3_p044.fm Page 44 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:43 AM
PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories
Class 0611, 612 / Refer to Catalogs
0611CT1001, 0612CT0101
Terminal Nuts, Terminal Pads, Terminal Shields and Accessories
Terminal Nuts for Bus Bar Connection of H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
Terminal Nut Insert
Frame
Tap
Cat. No.
Qty Per Kit
H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English
HD/HG/HJ/HL
1/4-20
S37425
2
H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English
HD/HG/HJ/HL
1/4-20
S37444
3
H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric
HD/HG/HJ/HL
M6
S37426
2
J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English
JD/JG/JJ/JL
1/4-20
S37427
2
J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English
JD/JG/JJ/JL
1/4-20
S37445
3
J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric
JD/JG/JJ/JL
M8
S37428
2
Control Wire Terminal for H-Frame Terminal Nut
HD/HG/HJ/HL
S37429
2
Control Wire Terminal for J-Frame Terminal Nut
JD/JG/JJ/JL
S37430
2
Bus Bar Connections Hardware for L-Frame, M-Frame and P-Frame Circuit Breakers
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
H-Frame Lug With
Terminal Nut
Frame
Description
L-Frame
Set of 4 terminal screws and washers for one side
M- and P-Frame
Bus Connector Kit for one pole, one end
Term. No.
Poles
Cat. No.
F
4
S36967
1
S33928
Terminal Pad Kits for R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Terminal Pad Kit
R-Frame
Circuit Breaker
RLTB Terminal Pad Kit
Field-Installable Kits
3P Kit (One 4P Kit (One End
End Only)
Only)
Usage
Lugs per
Phase
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
3000 A, 100% Rated
Required for cable or bus
9
RL3TB
RL3TB4
3000 A, Standard (80% Rated)
Required for cable or bus
8
RLTB
RLTB4
2500 A, 100% Rated
Required for cable or bus
2500 A, Standard (80% Rated)
Required for cable, optional for bus
All Other R-Frame CIrcuit Breakers
Required for cable, optional for bus
For cable connection to RLTB, use AL2500RK lug. See page DE3-43.
Terminal Shields and Phase Barriers
Used With
Description
Frame
H-Frame Short Lug
Shield
J-Frame Short Lug
Shield
H- and J-Frame
Mechanical Lugs
Short Lug Shielda
Dimension B
(in.)
Cat. No.
Qty Per
Kit
Max. Wire Size
H-Frame 60 A
3 AWG
0.50
S37446
1
H-Frame 150 A
3/0 AWG
0.50
S37447
1
J-Frame
350 kcmil
0.24
S37448
1
2.24
S37449
1
S37450
1
Compatible with:
Phase barrier or
terminal shield
extension past end
of circuit breaker
“B” See Table
PDC
H- and J-Frame
Power Distribution
Connectors and
Compression Lugs
H-Frame Long Lug
Shield
J-Frame Long Lug
Shield
Extremity
of
Molded Case
w/Mechanical
Lugs
R-Frame Phase Barrier
Compression Lugs
Aluminum
Copper
PDC6HD6
YA060HD
CYA060HD
PDC3HD2
YA150HD
CYA150HD
PDC6JD4
YA150JD
CYA150JD
PDC3JD2
b
CYA250J3
1.68
M-, P-Frame
S33646
Phase Barriers
3
R-Frame
S33998
a
Short lug shields provide IP20 protection for mechanical lugs and are compatible with control wire terminals.
b
J-frame terminal shield is not compatible with the YA250J35 compression terminal.
Miscellaneous H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breaker Accessories
“B” See Table
Accessory
Description
Bag of screws for accessory cover, L-frame
Spare Parts
1 spare toggle extension, L-frame
Set of 10 identification labels
DE3-44
Field-Installed
Cat. No,
S432552
32595
LV429226
01/15
DE3_p045.fm Page 45 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:43 AM
PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories
Plug-In and Drawout Mountings
Class 611, 612 / Refer to Catalogs 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101
Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers (3P or 2P in a 3P
module)
Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
N
Description
Plug-in base shipped with circuit breaker
Drawout cradle shipped with circuit breaker
D
Circuit breaker Only
Plug-in base kit
Circuit breaker only
Special Order Options for PlugPlug-in base kit
In and Drawout Circuit Breakers
Drawout Cradle Cradle side plates (fixed part of chassis)
Circuit breaker side plates (moving part of
chassis)
H-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two)
J-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two)
Fixed part 9-wire connector (mounted on
base)
Secondary
Moving part 9-wire connector (mounted on
Disconnect
Accessories for Plug-In and
circuit breaker)
Blocks
Drawout
Support for 2-moving connectors
Extended escutcheon with extended toggle handle
Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected)
H-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P)
J-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P)
HJ00
Plug-In Base
H-Frame and J-Frame
Drawout Mounting
S29278
S29282
S29283
S37442
S37443
S29273
S29274
S29275
S29284
S29287
S37436
S37440
Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Plug-in Mounting
Description
Poles
3
4
3
4
Kit (stationary and moving parts)
Stationary Part
L-Frame Plug-In
Mounting
L-Frame Drawout
Mounting
Moving Part
Plug-in base
Fixed part of chassis
Circuit breaker only
Moving part of chassis
Short terminal covers
a
Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
N
N
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
Drawout Mounting
Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
D
D
S32514
S32515
HJ00
3
4
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
S32514
S32515
S32532
HJ00
2x
2x
S32562
S32563
2x
2x
S32533
S32562
S32563
Price shown is for quantity of 1.
Plug-In and Drawout Accessories for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
Fixed Part
Secondary Disconnecting Blocks
Shutters
L-Frame Disconnecting
Blocks
L-Frame Locking
Device
Chassis Accessories
Moving Part
9-wire connector
9-wire connector
Support for 3 moving connectors
9-wire manual auxiliary connector
Fixed + Moving
Two shutters for plug-in base
Extended escutcheon for toggle
Locking device (key lock is not included)
Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected)
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
S29273
S32523
S32525
S29272
32521
S32534
S29286
29287
Termination Options
Termination Letter
N = Plug-in
D = Drawout
For factory-installed termination, place
termination letter in the third block of the
circuit breaker catalog number.
L G L 3 6 4 0 0 U31X
Termination No.
Drawout Cradle and Accessories for P-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
Drawout Cradle
Cradle
Connectors
P-Frame Drawout Cradle Connections
01/15
Front Connected Flat (FCF)
Rear Connected T Horizontal/Vertical (RCTH/RCTV)
Modbus™ cradle communication module
Safety shutters
Secondary disconnects terminal shield
Cradle position switch 1a/1b Form C— Connected/test/disconnected
Low level cradle position switch 1a/1b Form C—Connected/test/disconnected
Cell keying kit
Disconnected position key locking—provision for Kirk or Federal Pioneer Lock
Cradle
Door interlock kit
Accessories
Racking interior kit
Door escutcheon (for replacement only, included with circuit breaker)
Transparent cover
Push-in terminal kit (3 wires)
Push-in terminal kit (6 wires)
Finger cluster
Cluster grease (12 oz. tube)
b
Needs 2 kits per cradle.
Cat. No.
Product Selector
SFCF12b
SRCTV12b
S33852
S48933
S33763
S33170
S33171
S33767
S33772
S33786
S33788
S33857
S33859
S33098
S33099
S33166
S48899
DE3-45
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
H-Frame and J-Frame
Plug-in Mounting
S29278
HJ00
DE3
Complete Factory-Assembled
Circuit Breakers
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
DE3_p046.fm Page 46 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:44 AM
Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001
Micrologic Trip Unitsf for PowerPact H-, J-, and
L-Frame Circuit breakers
x– Standard Feature
PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Micrologic™ Trip Units
Micrologic Standard
Trip Unit
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Micrologic Ammeter and
Energy Trip Unit
PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame molded case circuit breakers may be
specified with any of the following Micrologic Electronic Trip Units.
Micrologic Standard 3.2/3.3 Trip Units
•
•
•
•
•
•
True RMS sensing
LI, LSI trip configurations
Field-interchangeable trip units
LED long-time pickup and trip indication
Test kits available
Thermal imaging
Micrologic Ammeter 5.2A/5.3A/6.2A/6.3A Trip Units
Includes all features listed for Micrologic standard trip unit, as well as:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Advanced user interface
Neutral protection
Incremental fine tuning of settings
Up to 12 alarms
Digital ammeter—phase and neutral (4-pole only)
Phase loading bar graph
Maintenance indicators including contact wear, number of operations,
operating hours, and load profiles
Cause of trip information for troubleshooting assistance
LCD Display
Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) (short-time & ground-fault)
Optional Modbus™ communications—PowerLogic™ compatible
Micrologic Energy 5.2E/5.3E/6.2E/6.3E Trip Units
Includes all features listed for Micrologic ammeter trip unit, as well as:
•
•
•
•
o – Available Option
Standard
Features
Ammeter
Energy
3.2/3/3 3.2S/3.3S 5.2A/5.3A 6.2A/6.3A 5.2E/5.3E 6.2E/6.3E
LI
x
LSIa
x
x
x
LSIG / Ground-Fault Tripb
x
x
Ground-Fault Alarm/Tripb
x
x
Current Setting Directly in Amperes
x
x
x
x
x
x
True RMS Sensing
x
x
x
x
x
x
UL Listed
x
x
x
x
x
x
Thermal Imaging
x
x
x
x
x
x
LED for Long-time Pickup
x
x
x
x
x
x
LED for Green “Ready”
x
x
x
x
x
x
Up to 12 Alarms Used Together
x
x
x
x
Digital Ammeter
x
x
x
x
Zone-selective Interlockingc
x
x
x
x
Communications
o
o
o
o
o
o
LCD Display
x
x
x
x
Front Display Module FDM121
o
o
o
o
Advanced User Interface
x
x
x
x
Neutral Protectionb
x
x
x
x
Contact Wear Indicationd
x
x
x
x
Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings
x
x
x
x
Load Profiled,e
x
x
x
x
Power Measurement
x
x
Power Quality Measurements
x
x
a
The LSI with 3.2S/3.3S trip units have fixed short time and long time delays.
b
Requires neutral current transformer on the three-phase four-wire loads
c
ZSI for H/J frames is only OUT. for L-frame ZSI is In and OUT.
d
Indication available using the communication system only.
e
% of hours in 4 current ranges: 0–49%, 50–79%, 80–89%, and >90% In.
f
DC not available with electronic trip units.
Micrologic Trip Unit Settings for H- and J-Frame
Model
Trip Function
Trip Unit
LI
3.2
LSI
3.2S
LSI
5.2A
LSIG
6.2A
LSI
5.2E
LSIG
6.2E
Standard
Ammeter
Ground-fault trip with programmable ground fault alarm (available on
6.2E/6.3E only)
Power and energy measurement
Power quality measurements
Current demand and power demand measurements
Energy
Ampere Setting
15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60
35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100
50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60
35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100
50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
Micrologic Trip Unit Settings for L-Frame
Model
Trip Function
Trip Unit
LI
3.3
LSI
3.3S
LSI
5.3A
LSIG
6.3A
LSI
5.3E
LSIG
6.3E
Standard
Ammeter
Energy
DE3-46
Ampere Setting
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400
200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400
200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600
125–400
200–600
125–400
200–600
125–400
200–600
125–400
200–600
01/15
DE3_p047.fm Page 47 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:45 AM
Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
Powerpact P- and R-Frame, and Masterpact Micrologic Electronic Trip Units
Each adjustment times the sensor rating (lr X In) of the circuit breaker sets
the long-time pickup value of the circuit breaker.
Long-time Pickup Settings
Long-time Pickup Settings
.90
.95
.95
.95
.95
.98
.80
.62
.80
.88
.83
.93
.93
.96
.78
.60
Micrologic Trip Units
Standard
Trip Unit
Ammeter
Trip Unit
Power
Trip Unit
Harmonic
Trip Unit
Adjustable
Rating Plug
Adjustable Rating Plugs—Selection
To provide maximum design flexibility, system protection, and field
upgradeability, each Micrologic® trip unit is equipped with an
interchangeable long-time rating plug. Each trip unit requires an adjustable
rating plug to determine the long-time pickup range of the circuit breaker.
These plugs are factory-installed on new trip units, or can be ordered
separately for field-installable upgrades.
Adjustable rating plugs are offered in eight different ranges of long-time
pickup adjustments. The following chart show the ranges of adjustments.
.63
.63
.67
.80
.85
.92
.74
.56
.60
.56
.56
.70
.80
.90
.72
.54
.50
.50
.53
.64
.75
.88
.70
.52
✓ – Standard Feature
.45
.44
.50
.48
.70
.86
.68
.50
.40
.40
.42
.40
.60
.84
.66
.48
o – Available Option
Ammeter
Power
Harmonic
3.0A 5.0A 6.0A 5.0P 6.0P 5.0H 6.0H
LI
✓
LSI (Instantaneous can be turned off)
✓
✓
✓
LSIG / Ground-Fault Trip
✓
✓
✓
Ground-Fault Alarm (No Trip) ab
✓
✓
Ground-Fault Alarm and Trip ab
✓
✓
Adjustable Rating Plugs
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
True RMS Sensing
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
UL Listed
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Thermal Imaging
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Phase Loading Bar Graph
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
LED for Long-time Pickup
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
LED for Trip Indication
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Digital Ammeter
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Zone-selective Interlocking
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Communications
o
o
o
✓
✓
✓
✓
LCD Dot Matrix Display
✓
✓
✓
✓
Advanced User Interface
✓
✓
✓
✓
Protective Relay Functions
✓
✓
✓
✓
Neutral Protection a
✓
✓
✓
✓
Contact Wear Indication
✓
✓
✓
✓
Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings
✓
✓
✓
✓
Selectable Long-time Delay Bands
✓
✓
✓
✓
Power Measurement
✓
✓
✓
✓
Power Quality Measurements
✓
✓
Waveform Capture
✓
✓
a
Requires neutral current transformer in 3Ø4W systems.
b
Requires M2C or M6C Programmable Contact Module.
Features
Powerpact® circuit breakers may be specified with any of the following
Micrologic Electronic Trip Units.
Micrologic (Standard) 3.0 and 5.0 Trip Units
• True RMS sensing
• LI, LSI trip configurations
• Field-interchangeable long-time rating plugs
• LED long-time pickup indication
• Test kits available
• Thermal imaging
Micrologic (Ammeter) 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units
Includes all features listed for Micrologic standard trip unit, as well as:
• LSIG trip configurations
• Digital ammeter—phase and neutral
• Phase loading bar graph
• LED trip indication
• Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) (short-time & ground-fault)
• Optional Modbus™ communications—PwerLogic® compatible
Micrologic (Power) 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units
Power measurement and advanced protection features includes all features
listed for Micrologic ammeter trip unit, as well as:
• LSI trip configuration with programmable ground fault alarm
• LSIG (Ground-fault trip) with programmable ground fault alarm
• Incremental “fine tuning” of L, S, I, and G pickup and delay settings
• LCD dot matrix display and LED trip indication
• Advanced user interface
• Advanced protection IDMTL—selectable long-time delay bands
• Neutral protection
• Power measurement
• Contact wear indication
• Modbus communications—PowerLogic compatible
• Local and remote settings
Micrologic (Harmonic) 5.0H and 6.0H Trip Units
Power quality measurement and advanced protection features. Includes all
features listed for the Micrologic power trip unit, as well as:
• Enhanced power measurements functions
• Power quality measurements
01/15
.70
.75
.75
.90
.90
.94
.76
.58
Standard
3.0
5.0
✓
✓
Micrologic Trip Unit and Options
Kit $ Price /
Field-Installable Circuit
Breaker
Cat. No.c
$ Price Adder
2.0 (IEC only)
LSO
S132R
3.0 (UL/ANSI only) LI
None
S131A
5.0
LSI
S133A
2.0A (IEC only)
LSO
S142Rd
3.0A (UL/ANSI only) LI
S141Ad
Ammeter
5.0A
LSI
S143Ad
6.0A
LSIG
S144Ad
5.0P
LSI
S163Ade
Metering, Adv. Protection
6.0P
LSIG
S164Ade
5.0H
LSI
S173Ade
Metering, Adv. Protection
& Harmonic Analysis
6.0H
LSIG
S174Ade
c
The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit will be the “A” rating plug. To specify an
alternative adjustable rating plug, please add the letter designation to the end of the
catalog number. Please refer to page DE3-48 for a complete listing of adjustable settings
available with each plug. (Example: S143B would specify a “B” rating plug instead of the
standard "A" plug.) Use suffix “N” if no rating plug is required.
d
When replacing a standard trip unit with Type A (Ammeter), P (Power metering) or H
(Harmonic analysis) trip unit, order the 12-pin connector kit S33101 for the Masterpact NW
and NT and the PowerPact P-frame drawout circuit breakers or kit S33100 for PowerPact
P-frame and R-frame unit-mount and I-Line circuit breakers. See page DE3-48.
e
Requires Circuit Breaker Communications Module.
Model
Protection
Additional Features
Special Options
Description
Ship circuit breaker in closed position
CT Characterization (Calibrated trip
system)
YK
Field-Installable
Cat. No.
N/A
Q
N/A
Factory-Installed Suffix
DE3-47
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
.82
.64
DE3
Rating
Plug
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
DE3_p048.fm Page 48 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:45 AM
Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit
Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
Trip Unit Accessories
Adjustable rating plug "A" is installed as standard on all
Micrologic trip unit orders. However, an alternative selection
may be specified from the "Assembled" table below, and
factory-installed with your trip unit order at no additional
charge. To order, please attach the appropriate catalog
suffix to the end of the trip unit catalog number (after
specifying trip unit options). Adjustable rating plugs may also
be purchased as field-installable components from the table
below.
Device
Frame
Cat. No.
Pocket Tester
S434206
UTA Tester
STRV00910
Spare UTA Tester
STRV00911
H/J/L
BLuetooth/Modbus for UTA Tester
SVW3A8114
Spare Power Supply for UTA Tester
TRV00915
110–120 Vac
Micrologic Cord for UTA Tester
TRV00917
Micrologic 5/6 Cover, Transparent
S429478
H/J
Micrologic 2/3 Cover, Transparent
S429481
Micrologic 5/6 Cover, Transparent
S432459
L
Micrologic 2/3 Cover, Transparent
S432461
LCD Display for Micrologic 5
S429483
H/J/L
LCD Display for Micrologic 6
S429484
Hand-held Test Kit
S33594
Primary Injection Test Adaptor
S33937
Full-function Adapter Kit
S48981
Full-function Test Kit
S33595
P/R
Seven-pin Test Cable (for connection between
S48907
test kit and trip unit)c
Two-pin Test Cable (for connection between
S48908
test kit and trip unit)d
230 Vac Filtered Power Corde
S48856
120 Vac Filtered Power Corde
P/R
S48855
Trip Unit Battery for Trip Indicator Lights
S33593
Power supply with:
24–30 Vdc input
685823
48/60 Vdc input
685824
125 Vdc input
685825
H/J/L/P/R
110–130 Vac input
685826
200–240 Vac input
685827
380–415 Vac input
685829
Micrologic A Trip Unit Cover, clear
S33592
P/R
Micrologic P/H Trip Unit Cover,
S47067
opaque gray
Trip Unit Seal (6 pieces)
H/J/L/P/R
MICROTUSEAL
for compliance with NEC 240.6(c)
12-pin Trip Unit Connector for
S33101
NT/NW Masterpact Circuit Breakers
12-pin Trip Unit Connector for
P/R
S33100
P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Battery Back-up (12 Hours)
685831
c
Used for testing Micrologic trip units. Included in the price of the Handheld/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only.
d
Used for testing STR trip units. Included in the price of the Handheld/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only.
e
Included in the price of the Full-function Test Kit. Kit for replacement
only.
Rating Plugs
Rating Pluga
Trip Unit Seal
Field-Installable
Cat. Suffix
Cat. No.
A
A (standard)
S48818
B
B
S48819
C
C
S48820
D
D
S48836
E
E
S48837
F
F
S48838
G
G
S48839
H
H
S48840
a
Long-time pickup amperes (Ir) = Sensor Rating (In) X Setting of rating
plug.
• “Fine adjustment tuning” is included on Micrologic Power and Harmonic trip
units, allowing for incremental settings of 1 ampere between the plug setting
and .40 X Sensor Rating.
Neutral Current Transformers
For Use with
Circuit Breaker
H-Frame
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Full Function Test Kit
Factory-Installed
J-Frame
L-Frame
P-Frame
Sensor Plug
R-Frame
b
All
Includes NCTWIRING kit.
Cat. No.
Sensor
S429521
S430562
S430563
S432575
S33575b
S33576b
S48916b
S34036b
S48896b
S48182b
NCTWIRING
60–100
150
250
400–600
250
400–1600
250
400–1600
2000
3000
All
Sensor Plugs for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakersfh
Circuit
Breaker
Sensor Plug
Range
P-Frame Circuit Breaker
250 A
400 A
600 A
UL
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
630 A
800 A
1000 A
IEC
1250 A
1600 A
Sensor Plug
Catalog No.
S47052
S47053
S48823
S33092
S33093
S48824
S33091
S33092
S33093
S33094
S33095
Circuit Breaker Frames Accepting Sensor Plug
250 A
X
400 A
600 A
X
X
X
R-Frame Circuit Breaker
600 A
800 A
1000 A
600 A
S48823
X
X
X
800 A
S33092
X
X
1000 A
S33093
X
1200 A
S48824
UL
1600 A
S33095
2000 A
S33982
2500 A
S33983
3000 A
S48825
1600 A
S33095
2000 A
S33982
IEC
2500 A
S33983
3200 A
S33984
f
For use only with circuit breakers with date codes later than 07011.
g
IEC Only.
h
See rating plug for long-time pickup range on page DE3-47.
DE3-48
630 Ag
800 A
X
X
X
1000 A
1200 A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1200 A
X
X
X
X
1600 A
2000 A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
2500 A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1250 Ag
1600 A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
3200 A
3000 A
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
01/15
DE3_p049.fm Page 49 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:46 AM
Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit
Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories
Class 0611, 612 / Refer to Catalogs 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101
Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Factory-Installed
Description
Field-Installable Kit Cat. No.
P-Frame
Cat. No. Suffix
Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) (Modbus)
Two Programmable Contacts Module (M2C)
Six Programmable Contacts Module (M6C)
External Voltage Sensing (EVS)
E1
V
W
YV
R-Frame
Unit Mount
I-Line
Motor Operated
Drawout
S64205
S64273
S64204
S64203
S64205
S64273
S64204
S64203
S64207
S64273
S64204
S64210
S64206
S64273
S64202
S64209
With Rotary
Handle
S64205
S64273
S64204
S64210
Unit Mount
I-Line
S64205
S64273
S64201
S64208
S64205
S64273
S64201
S64208
Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakerse
Description
Factory-Installed
Field-Installable Kit
Cat. No.
Cat. No. Suffix
Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
—
—
STRV00210
TRV00217
STRV00121
TRV00128
STRV00211
S434212
EA
EB
EGf
EHf
—
ED
EE
EKf
ELf
EN
V
V
S434201
S434202
S434201BS
S434202BS
S434205
S434204
S434303
S434204BS
S434303BS
S434210
S429424
S429532
Modbus Interface
Module (IFM)
Internal Accessories
NSX Cord b
(for Modbus Communication)
BSCM (Breaker Status and Control Module) with NSX
Cordb
Replacement BSCM
NSX Cord for V > 480 Vacb
BSCM with NSX Cord for V > 480 Vacb
Front Display Module
(FDM)
NSX Cord for
Modbus Communications
L = 1.3 m
L=3m
L = 1.3 m
L=3m
L = 1.3 m
L=3m
L = 1.3 m
L=3m
24 Vdc Terminal Block
SDTAM 24/415 Vac/dc Modulec
SDX Module 24/415 Vac/dcd
a
Require NSX Cord
b
Installation requires IFM (STRV00210) for Modbus communication and/or FDM (STRV00121) for external display
c
Remote indication relay for motor applications
d
Remote indication relay
e
For proper selection, see catalog 0611CT1001.
f
If using with motor operator requires communicating motor operator (suffix NC).
Wire Harnessg and ULP Cords for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
SDTAM Module
(Remote indication relay
for motor applications)
01/15
ZSI Interface Module
(Connects PowerPact H/J/L
circuit breakers to
PowerPact P/R and
Masterpact NT/NW circuit
breakers)
Factory-Installed
Cat. No. Suffix
ZSI Wire Harness, H/J Frame
YH3
ZSI Wire Harness, L-Frame
YH3
ENCT Wire Harness
YH2
OF Wire Harness
YH1
SD/SDE Wire Harness
YH1
SDx/SDTAM Wire Harness
YH1
MN Wire Harness
YH1
MX Wire Harness
YH1
24 Vdc Terminal Block Wire Harnessh
YH1
Motor Operator Wire Harness
YH1
Communicating Motor Operator Wire Harness
YH1
NSX Wire Harnessh
YH1
ENCT and ZSI Wire Harness
YH4
10 RJ45 Connectors female/female
—
10 ULP Line Terminations
—
L = 0.3 m
—
10 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cords
L = 0.6 m
—
L=1m
—
5 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cords
L=2m
—
L = 3m
—
1 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cord
L=5m
—
g
Wire harness is required for I-Line applications, optional for unit-mount applications
YH1 = all installed accessories but ZSI and ENCT
YH2 = ENCT and all installed accessories
YH3 = ZSI and all installed accessories
YH4 = ZSI, ENCT and all installed accessories
h
I-Line wire harness is included for communication network accessories.
Optional wire harness for unit mount requires YH1 suffix.
Field-Installable Kit Cat. No.
Cat. No.
S434300
S434301
S434302
S434500
S434501
S434502
S434503
S434504
S434505
S434506
S434507
S434508
—
TRV00870
TRV00880
TRV00803
TRV00806
TRV00810
TRV00820
TRV00830
TRV00850
DE3-49
DE3
Breaker Status and
Control Module (BSCM)
Modbus Interface Module IFMa
Stacking Connections for IFM (10)
Front Display Module FDM121a
FDM Mounting Accessory (Dia. 22 mm)
Isolated Modbus Repeater Module
ZSI Interface Module
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
External Accessories
DE3_p050.fm Page 50 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:46 AM
Masterpact™ Universal Power Circuit Breakers
Masterpact™ NT/NW Circuit Breakers
Class 613 / Refer to Catalog 0613CT0001
The Masterpact universal power circuit breaker offers a family of circuit protection products
meeting the most common world standards, ANSI, CSA/UL and IEC. The basic design
platform for each is common. The final result is CSA/UL, ANSI and IEC circuit breakers with
the same basic external dimensions, features and accessories.
Full-Featured Performance
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Masterpact NT
Masterpact NW
Complete product offering
Circuit breakers tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as referenced by NFPA70E
800 A to 6000 A frames, fixed and draw-out
Rated for AC voltage systems through 600 V (635 V ANSI)
Short-time withstand ratings up to 100 kA
Cradle position indicator: connected, test and disconnected
Simple, visual contact wear indicators
Full complement of field-installable accessories common to all standards
Four interchangeable Micrologic trip units to choose from
Available PowerLogic™ based power metering and monitoring capabilities
Available protective relay functions as defined by ANSI C37.2 and C37.90
The following charts show the Masterpact NW and NT ratings for ANSI and CSA/UL 489.
For details, please refer to Catalog 0613CT0001.
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Masterpact NW Circuit Breaker Ratings
Standard
ANSI C37 Certified/UL 1066 Listed
Frame Rating
Interrupting Code
240 Vac
Interrupting Current
480 Vac
(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz
600 Vac
Short-time Withstand Current (kA RMS)
Built-in Instantaneous Override
(kA RMS ±10%)
Close and latch rating (kA RMS)
Tested to show the arc flash hazard risk
category as referenced by NFPA70E
Breaking time
Closing time
800–1600 A
2000 A
UL 489 Listed
3200/4000 Af
N1
42
42
42
42
H1
65
65
65
65
H2
85
85
85
85
H3
100
100
85
85
L1g L1Fg H1 H2
200 200 65 85
200 200 65 85
130 130 65 85
30
22 65 85
H3
100
100
85
85
L1g
200
200
130
30
L1Fg
200
200
130
22
c
c
H1
65
65
65
65
H2
85
85
85
85
H3
100
100
85
85
L1g
200
200
130
100
4000/5000 A
800/1200/1600/2000 A 2500/3000 A 4000/5000/6000 A
H2 H3 L1g N
H
Lg
85 100 200 65 100 200
85 100 200 65 100 150
85 85 130 50 85
100
85 85 100 42a 65a 30ab
LFg H
200 100
150 100
100 85
22
65
Lg
200
150
100
65
H
100
100
85
85
Lg
200
150
100
100
c
85
35c
24
— —
85
35
24
— —
85
117 —
—
117
40
40
35ab
24
65
65
75
75
42 65 40
40
25
22
65 40
40
25
22
65 40
40
40
85
75
40
40
40
25d
22
40
40
40
40
— — —
—
—
Yes
— —
—
—
Yes
— —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Yes
—
—
—
—
25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L1, L1F, L and LF)
70 ms
100–250 A
400–800 A
2000–4000 A
1000–2000 A
1600–3200 A
600–1200
A
2500–5000 A
800–1600 A
1000–2000 A
10,000
10,000
5k
5,000
12,500e
1,000
1,000
1k
1,000
2800e
100–250 A
400–800 A
800–1600 A
Sensor Rating
1200–2500 A
1600–3000 A
2000–4000 A
2500–5000 A
3000–6000 A
10,000
1,000
5,000
1,000
12,500
Endurance Rating (C/O Cycles) Mechanical
With No Maintenance
Electrical
2800
a
24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor.
b
65 kA RMS for 2000 A.
c
None except 24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor.
d
40 kA RMS for 2000 A.
e
The endurance rating for 2000 A, N/H/L/LF is 10,000 for mechanical and 1000 for electrical.
f
4000 A standard width circuit breaker is not available in L1 interrupting rating code or drawout construction (fixed mounting only).
g
Drawout mounted only.
Masterpact NT Circuit Breaker Ratings
Standard
ANSI C37 Certified/UL 1066 Listed
Frame Rating
800 A
Interrupting Code
N1
42
42
—
42
—
40
N
50
50
35
35
40
25
H
65
50
50
35
40
25
L1
100
65
—
10
10
10
L
200
100
—
10
10
10
LFi
200
100
—
10
10
10
N
50
50
35
35
40
25
H
65
50
50
35
40
25
L1
100
65
—
10
10
10
L
200
100
—
10
10
10
LFi
200
100
—
10
10
10
N
50
50
35
35
40
25
H
65
50
50
35
40
25
L1
100
65
N/A
10
10
10
L
200
100
N/A
10
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
Yes
—
—
—
—
Yes
—
—
—
—
240 Vac
Interrupting Current
480 Vac
(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz
600 Vac
Short-time Withstand Current (kA RMS)
Built-in Instantaneous Override (kA RMS ±10%)
Close and latch rating (kA RMS)
Tested to show the arc flash hazard risk
category as referenced by NFPA70E
Breaking time
Closing time
h
i
1200 A
25–30 ms with no intentional delay
Sensor Rating
Endurance Rating (C/O Cycles)
With No Maintenance
UL 489 Listed
800 A
Mechanical
Electrical
100–250 A
400–800 A
12,500
2800
100–250 A
400–800 A
12,500
2800
1600 Ah
25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L and LF)
< 50 ms
600–1200 A
—
12,500
2800
800–1600 A
12,500
2800
Fixed-mounted only.
Drawout mounted only.
Masterpact NW/NT Circuit Breaker Remote Racking
Description
Masterpact NW/NT Remote Racking Devicesj
NWMPRRT
Masterpact NW Remote Racking Devicej
NWMPRRT
Masterpact NT Remote Rackign Devicej
NTMPRRT
Mounting Bracket Kit for NW Remote Racking (contains 10 mounting brackets)k
S47100
Mounting Bracket Kit for NT Remove Racking (contains 10 mounting brackets)k
S47104
Control Unit for NW Remote Rackingk
S47101
30 ft Control Cable for NW Remote Rackingk
S47102
Drive Shaft for NW Remote Rackingk
S47103
Drive Shaft for NT Remote Rackingk
S47105
j
k
DE3-50
Cat. No.
NWNTMPRRT
Unit comes with 10 mounting brackets included.
For replacement only.
01/15
DE3_p051.fm Page 51 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:51 AM
Ground-Fault Protection
GC-200 Ground-Fault Relay System
Class 931, 940, 9600
GC-200 Ground-fault Relay System
GC-200 Relays Features
GC DSP Display (Optional) Features
Sensors
• Five models with sensitivities suitable for main, feeder or
branch circuits
• Adjustable Pickup and Time Delay settings
• I2t -- Inverse Time Characteristics
• ZSI -- Zone Selective Interlocking
• ZSI Push-to-Test with Signal Indication
• Two sets of Contacts (1 Form A ;10A@
120Vac. and 1 Form C; 5A@ 120Vac.N/O, 1 N/C)
• Auxiliary Trip Input Terminals
• External Battery Backup Connection
• Small non-metallic enclosure mounts on DIN rail
•
•
•
•
• Zero sequence sensing current transformers for all
phases and neutral
• Several sizes of toroids and rectangular CTs
• Many are split-core or open frame for ease of installation.
LCD Back Lit Display
Surface (Panel) Mounted
Local Display of System Parameters
“Fine tuning” Adjustment of Ground Fault
Relay Settings
• Remote Testing of Ground Fault Relay
• Remote Resetting of Ground Fault Relay
GC-200D
GC-200E
Pickup Settings
30A
120A
90A
240A
90A
360A
120A
480A
Catalogue Number
All Types
Catalogue Number
150A
600A
180A
720A
240A
960A
270A
1080A
300A
1200A
Time Delay Settings ( Sec )
Inst.
Description
GC-200D
30A - 300A Relay
GC-200E
120A - 1200A Relay
GC-DSP**
GC-200 Display
VW3A1104R10
1m display cable
VW3A1104R30
3m display cable
VW3A1104R5
5m display cable
0.10
0.20
0.30
Relay
Catalogue
Number
Price
VW3A1104R100
10m display cable
** Note: GC12 12’ cable shipped standard with GC DSP display
units.
GC200C
GC200D
Sensor
Catalogue
Number
T2A
T3A
T3AS
T6A
T6AS
T9A
R713A
R417A
R826A
T3B Toroid Sensor
GC200E
GT912 Rectangular
Sensor
01/15
210A
840A
DE3
Catalogue Number
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
The GC-200 Ground-fault relay system protects a grounded distribution system from low-level
arcing ground faults. The system includes the GC-200 relay, a sensor (current transformer) and
optional GC DSP display and is used with a bolted pressure switch or circuit breaker to open a
circuit upon detection of a ground fault.
RZ511
RZ521
RZ531
RZ535
RZ1011
RZ1021
RZ1031
GT912
GT918
GT930
GT1218
GT1224
GT1230
GT1327
GT1330
GT1530
0.40
Type
CT
Ratio
Window Dimensions
IN
Toroid
Toroid
Toroid, split-core
Toroid
Toroid, split-core 1000:1
Toroid
1.875 dia.
2.75 dia.
2.625 dia.
5.75 dia.
5.75 dia.
8.75 dia.
7.5 x 13.5
Rectangular
4.25 x 17.625
8 x 26.5
All "A" type sensors above, plus:
1000:1
4.5. x 11
Rectangular,
1000:1
4.5 x 21
Open Frame
1000:1
4.5 x 31
1000:1
4.5 x 35
1000:1
10.5 x 11
Rectangular,
1000:1
10.5 x 21
Open Frame
1000:1
10.5 x 31
600:1
5.5 x 8.5
Rectangular,
600:1
5.5 x 14.5
Open Frame
600:1
5.5 x 26.5
600:1
8.5 x 14.5
Rectangular,
600:1
8.5 x 20.5
Open Frame
600:1
8.5 x 26.5
Rectangular,
Open Frame
Rectangular,
Open Frame
Price
mm
48 dia.
70 dia.
67 dia.
146 dia.
146 dia.
222 dia.
191 x 343
108 x 448
203 x 674
600:1
600:1
9.5 x 24
9.5 x 27
114 x 280
114 x 534
114 x 788
114 x 890
267 x 280
267 x 514
114 x 788
140 x 216
140 x 368
140 x 673
216 x 368
216 x 521
292 x 673
241 x 610
241 x 686
600:1
11.5 x 26.5
292 x 673
DE3-51
DE3_p052.fm Page 52 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:35 AM
Ground-Fault Protection
Vigirex™ Ground-Fault Relay System
Class 931, 840, 960
Vigirex™ Ground-Fault Relay System
The Vigirex ground-fault relays, with associated sensors (current transformers), measure the
residual current in an electrical installation to detect levels which may be damaging. When used
for protection, they cause an associated circuit breaker or switch to interrupt the supply of power
to the protected system. They may also be used for monitoring only, with output to an alarm. The
product line includes fixed sensitivities from 30 mA to 1 A and adjustable sensitivities up to 30 A.
The Vigirex relays may be easily mounted on DIN rail or may be panel mounted in a meter cutout.
Sensors for conductors range from a little more than an inch diameter toroids, to large rectangular
sensors measuring 6 x 18 inches. The compact size of the relay and its sensor make it ideal for
protection of OEM equipment as well as branch circuits.
Vigirex Ground-Fault Relays (cUL Listed)
Model
Delay
Control Voltage
Sensitivity
Catalogue
No.
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1A
56300
56302
56305
56306
56307
110–130 Vac
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1A
56320
56322
56325
56326
56327
220–240 Vac
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1A
56330
56332
56335
56336
56337
Manual
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac
30 mA or 300 mA
(2 settings)
56360
56362
56363
Manual
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac
Automatic
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac
Reset
RH99M
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
DIN Rail Mounted
DE3
RH10M
Instantaneous
RH21M
Instantaneous
or 60 mSec
(2 settings)
RH99M
Adjustable
(9 settings):
0, 0.06, 0.15,
0.23, 0.31, 0.5,
0.8, 1.0, 4.5 sec
RH99P
Manual
Adjustable
(9 settings):
0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3,
5, 10, 30 A
56370TD
56372TD
56373TD
56390TD
56392TD
56393TD
Panel Mounted
RH10P
PA50
Instantaneous
RH21P
Instantaneous
or 60 mSec
(2 settings)
RH99P
Adjustable
(9 settings):
0, 0.06, 0.15,
0.23, 0.31, 0.5,
0.8, 1.0, 4.5 sec
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1 Amp
56400
56402
56405
56406
56407
110–130 Vac
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1 Amp
56420
56422
56425
56426
56427
220–240 Vac
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1A
56430
56432
56435
56436
56437
Manual
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac
30 mA or 300 mA
(2 settings)
56460
56462
56463
Manual
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac
Automatic
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac
Manual
Adjustable
(9 settings):
0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3,
5, 10, 30 A
56470TD
56472TD
56473TD
56490TD
56492TD
56493TD
Sensors for Vigirex Ground-Fault Relays
Sensors
Type
Inside Diameter
Catalogue No.
IN
mm
Closed Toroids, type A
TA30
PA50
IA80
MA120
SA200
GA300
1.18
1.97
3.15
4.72
7.87
11.81
30
50
80
120
200
300
50437
50438
50439
50440
50441
50442
Split toroids, type OA
POA▲
GOA▲
1.81
4.33
46
110
50485
50486
Rectangular sensors
280 x 115
470 x 160
11.02 x 4.53
18.50 x 6.30
280 x 115
470 x 160
56053
56054
▲ POA and GOA are not cUL recognized
SA200
DE3-52
01/15
DE3_p053.fm Page 53 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:35 AM
Ground-Fault Protection Equipment
Add-On Ground-Fault and Earth-Leakage Modules
Class 931, 940, 960
The Micrologic ground-fault module (GFM) is a CSA certified and UL Listed circuit breaker
accessory which protects equipment from damage caused by ground faults. It is an add-on
module which, when connected to a PowerPact H- or J-frame thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
only, provides ground-fault sensing and ground-fault relay functions.
HD/JD Add-on Ground-fault Module Features:
Optional GFM25CT
GFM250
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels
Adjustable ground-fault time delays
Integral ground fault push-to-test feature and ground-fault indicator
All GFMs are supplied for I-Line® mounting, easily convertible to unit mount by removing the I-Line
brackets
Fault-powered (through the sensing current transformer) for electronics, shunt trip, and integral test
feature.
Optional neutral current transformer GFM25CT for 3-phase 4-wire applications. Refer to instructions
for proper installation
Shunt trip S29382 (12 Vdc): is required for circuit breaker. This may be factory-installed (suffix SN)
or field-installed
Companion
Circuit Breaker
Prefix
Catalogue Number
q
HD, HG, HJ, HL
JD, JG, JJ, JL
GFM150HD
GFM250JD
Enclosure Space Required
I-Line
Switchboard
LA
LA
Ground-fault
Pickup Adjustment
Range
20–100 A
40–200 A
Accessories
H&J
GFM25CT
Optional Neutral Current Transformer (required for 4-wire systems)
a
At 250 A, the GFM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only.
Earth Leakage Module (ELM) for PowerPact H- and J-Frame MCCBs
The Earth Leakage Module (ELM) is an add-on module which, when connected to a
PowerPact H- or J-frame MCCB, provides low-level ground-fault sensing and ground-fault
relay functions.
Because these ELMs are highly sensitive (30 mA to 3 A), they provide much greater
protection than GFMs (20 Amps to 200 Amps sensitivity). The ELMs provide greater
protection of control circuits and other sensitive equipment. The associated circuit breaker
must have a 48 Vdc shunt trip, which may be field-installed (kit S29392) or factory-installed
(suffix –SP) in the H- or J-Frame circuit breaker.
Add-on Earth Leakage Module (ELM) Features:
•
•
•
•
•
I-Line™ J-Frame with ELM installed
•
•
•
•
Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels as low as 30 mA
Adjustable ground-fault time delays from instantaneous to 500 msec
(Time delay can be applied to the 30 mA setting)
Integral ground fault push-to-test feature
Ground-fault indicator (LED for local status; contacts for remote indication)
All ELMs are supplied for I-Line™ mounting and are easily convertible to unit-mount by removing the
I-Line brackets
Three poles; 240 to 600 Vac maximum: 3-wire applications only (no neutral)
Line-power obtained through internal bus to provide power for electronics, shunt trip, and integral
test feature.
A shunt trip is required in the circuit breaker; it may be field-installed or factory-installed in the
PowerPact H and J circuit breakers.
UL 1053 – Ground-fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment
ELM Selection Chartb
Companion Circuit Breakerc
Prefix
Size
Enclosure Space
Required I-Line
Switchboard
Pick-Up Adjustment
Range
Catalog Number
HD, HG, HJ, HL
15–150 A
LA
30 mA–3 A
ELM150HD
JD, JG, JJ, JL
150–250 A
LA
30 mA–3 A
ELM250JD
b
At 250 A, the ELM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only.
c
For Factory Installation of ELM Module: For termination designation (3rd letter of catalog number) use ONLY “M”.
Add factory installed 48 Vdc shunt trip (suffix SP) to breaker plus suffix VL or VM.
Use VL for H frame.
Use VM for J frame.
01/15
DE3-53
DE3
Module/Enclosure Selection Chart a
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
NOTE: Ground-fault modules cannot be used for alarming only.
DE3_p054.fm Page 54 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:36 AM
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Figure 2
Figure 1
B E
D
C
A
G
B E
A
G
E
B
Fig.
No.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1
1
0.75
3.00a
2.31
2.91
2.25
...
0.59
2
2
1.50
3.00a
2.31
2.91
2.25
...
1.34
3
3
2.25
3.00a
2.31
2.91
2.25
...
2.09
2
2
3.0
5.72
2.53
4.90
3.78
...
2.85
3
3
4.50
5.72
2.53
4.90
3.78
...
4.35
1
4
0.75
4.12b
2.31
2.91
2.25
...
0.59
2
5
1.50
4.12b
2.31
2.91
2.25
...
1.34
3
5
2.25
4.12b
2.31
2.91
2.25
...
2.09
1
6
0.75
4.05c
2.38
2.98
2.25
5.00p
0.62
2
7
1.50
4.05c
2.38
2.98
2.25
5.00p
1.37
3
8
2.25
4.05d
2.38
2.98
2.25
5.00f
2.12
1
9
0.75
4.45
2.37
2.96
2.25
6.78
...
2
10
1.50
4.45
2.37
2.96
2.25
6.78
...
...
QOB-VH 150 A
QOB-VH 110–150 A
QO-GFI, QO-PL
QO-EPD
QO-PL
QO-GFI
QO-EPD
D
C
E
QOU
Low Ampere
QOU
High Ampere
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Figure 6
Figure 7
Figure 8
A
G
A
G
A
G
Figure 9
Figure 10
Figure 10
Figure 11
A
a
b
c
d
e
f
F
QOU
High Ampere
Figure 11
D
C
Figure 12
A
A
B E
B E
Multi 9™ C60
B E
B E
B E
QOU, QYU
Low Ampere
D
C
Figure 14
A
B
B
Figure 16
Figure 15
A
A
Circuit Breaker No.
Catalogue No. Poles
Prefix
C60
A
B
D
C
B
2
QB, QD,
QG, QJ
Figure 18
E
6.78
—
—
2
14
1.42
3.19
1.73
2.76
1.77
—
—
3
15
2.13
3.19
1.73
2.76
1.77
—
—
4
16
2.84
3.19
1.73
2.76
1.77
—
—
Dimensions—Inches
Fig.
No.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
22
6.47
3.00
3.02
3.93
g
4.25
...
...
23
6.47
4.50
3.02
3.93
g
4.25
1.50
0.75
21
6.00
1.50
3.16
4.13
0.44
5.13
1.50
...
2
22
6.00
3.00
3.16
4.13
0.44
5.13
...
...
3
23
6.00
4.50
3.16
4.13
0.44
5.13
1.50
0.75
FIL, KIL
2&3
23
8.00
4.50
3.66
4.75
0.44
7.13
1.50
0.75
Q4L, LAL, LHL
2&3
23
11.00
6.00
4.06
5.84
0.88
9.25
2.00
1.00
g
Dimensions E are 1.59 in at ON end and 0.63 in at OFF end.
Approx. Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)
Frame Size
Approx. Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)
Figure 20
FAL, FHL 1P
2
KIL
9
A
FAL, FHL 2P
3
LAL, LHL
15
FAL, FHL 3P
5
LIL LXIL
25
FIL
8
Q4L
15
QB, QD, QG, QJ
4
B
Figure
B
G
2.25
1.77
3
h
Figure 1
2.96
2.76
A
B
B
2.37
1.73
Figure 19
A
B
4.45
3.19
1
Frame Size
A
2.25
0.71
Shipping Weightsh
E
Figure 17
11
13
35–70 A is 3.12 in; 80–100 A 2-pole and 70–100 A 3-pole are 3.50 in.
QO-PL is 4.55 in.
80–100 A 1-pole and 80–125 A 2-pole are 4.45 in.
70–100 A 4.45 in.
80–100 A 1-pole and 80–125 A 2-pole are 6.78 in.
70–100 A is 6.78 in.
FAL, FHL
Figure 13
3
1
QB, QD, QG, QJ, Q4, FA, FI, KI, LA, LH Circuit Breakers
B F
B E
Dimensions—Inches
No.
Poles
QO, QOB
Figure 5
A
G
QO™, QOU, Multi 9™ Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breaker
Catalogue No.
Prefix
B E
Figure 4
B
QO, QOB
Figure 3
A
G
A
G
E
All weights are for 3P circuit breakers unless otherwise noted.
Figure 3
B
E
B
G
HH
D
C
CL
CL
A F
A F
A F
E
E
E
Figure 24
B
G
D
C
E
A F
E
DE3-54
01/15
DE3_P055.fm Page 55 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:37 AM
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Figure 25
Figure 26
B
B
G
F
A
HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR, JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR, LG, LJ, LL, and LR Circuit
Breakers
E
Circuit Breaker No. of
Cat. No.
Poles Fig. No.
A
Prefix
2*
25
6.40
HD, HG, HJ,
HL, HR
3
26
6.40
JD, JG, JJ,
3
27
7.52
JL, JR
LG, LJ, LL, LR
3
28
13.38
F
A
D
E
C
Dimensions — Inches
B
C
D
E
F
G
2.74
4.12
2.87
2.87
4.36
4.36
0.74
0.74
4.92
4.92
—
1.38
4.12
2.87
5.00
1.30
4.92
1.38
5.51
3.75
6.61
2.22
7.87
1.77
* - Only HD and HG are in 2P module. The HJ, HL and HR 2P breakers are in 3P modules
Figure 27
B
G
ED, EG and EJ Circuit Breakers
A
C
ED, EG, EJ
E
GJ
Figure 28
F
B
E
A
E
29
0.98
5.66
3.09
4.05
3.32
30
1.96
5.66
3.09
4.05
3.32
3
30
2.94
5.66
3.09
4.05
3.32
3
32
3.54
4.72
2.76
3.94
2.20
No. of
Poles
Fig.
No.
A
B
E
C
D
E
F
G
MG, MJ
(800 A and below)
PG, PJ, PK, PL
(1000–1200 A)
RG, RJ, RL
2, 3
33
12.86
8.27
5.77
8.05
2.49
7.87
7.83
2, 3
33
16.16
8.27
5.77
8.05
4.19
7.87
7.83
2, 3
34
16.24
16.54
6.63
14.49
8.73
14.25
15.35
2
Frame Size
JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR
LD, LG, LJ, LL, LR
Approx. Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)
5
14
29
MG, MJ
ED, EG, EJ 2P
3
PG, PJ, PK, PL
ED, EG, EJ 3P
4
RG, RJ, RK, RL (Without RLTB)
a
All weights are for 3P circuit breakers unless otherwise noted.
B
A
A
Dimensions — Inches
Approx. Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)
HD, HG, HJ, HL 2P
4
HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 3P
5
Figure 31
32
52
C
D
Figure 33
Figure 32
E
D
Frame Size
Figure 30
B
C
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.
Prefix
ED, EG, EJ 1P
E
2
B
Shipping Weightsa
B
D
Figure 29
1
A
MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL, RG, RJ and RL Circuit Breakers
G
A
C
Fig. No.
B
G
D
C
E
B
AF
A
C
D
E
Figure 34
B
G
F
D
C
AE
01/15
DE3-55
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
D
F
Dimensions — Inches
No. of
Poles
DE3
Circuit
Breaker
Catalogue No.
Prefix
DE3_p056.fm Page 56 Friday, January 23, 2015 12:16 AM
Circuit Breaker Enclosures
Enclosures
Class 610
Circuit breaker enclosures are UL Listed, CSA Certified and are suitable for use as service entrance equipment, except
as footnoted. The short circuit current rating of an enclosed circuit breaker is equal to the interrupting rating at the supply
voltage marked on the circuit breaker installed, except as footnoted. Exceptions and restrictions are footnoted. Breakers
are ordered and shipped separately for field installation. For enclosure accessories, refer to page DE3-58.
Circuit Breaker Enclosures
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix
FA100S
FAL, FHL
QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL
HDL,HGL,HJL, HLL
JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL
HDL
JDL
LAL
MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL, PKL,
PLL
PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL*
Enclosure
Poles
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
NEMA 1 Flush
NEMA 1 Surface
NEMA 3Ra
FA100F
Q23225NFCb
FA100S
Q23225NSCb
FA100RB
Q23225NRBCb
15-100
100-225
15-150
150-250
1, 2, 3
J250Fcde
J250Scde
J250Rcde
15–100 A
150–250 A
3
3
—
—
HD100Sfgcei
JD250Sigfce
—
—
LA400R
2, 3
125-400
2, 3
LA400F
LA400S
125–400 A
3
—
LA400LSgit
—
300-800
2, 3
M800Sjk
M800Rje
600-1200
2, 3
P1200Sk
NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 3, 3R
Stainless Steelu
FA100RB
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
LAL, LHL, Q4L
Rating
FAL, FHL
HDL,HGL,HJL, HLL
JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL
LAL, LHL, Q4L
LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL
LGL, LLL, LRL
MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL, PKL,
PLL
PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL*
JDL, JGLeqr
a
FA100DS
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
15-100
15-150
150-250
125-400
250-600
250-600
300-800
1, 2, 3
FA100DS
J250DScde
J250SScde
LA400DS
2, 3
—
—
3
M800DSo
M800SSo
2, 3
250-1200
150–250 A
P1200Re
NEMA 12/3R, 12K
With Knockouts (NEMA
12K)
Without Knockoutsn
(NEMA 12/3R, 5)
FA100AWK
J250AWKcde
LA400AWK
L600AWKw
L600AWKMC
M800AWKo
P1200AWKo
2, 3
Nema 7e Cast Aluminum Nema 9s Cast Aluminum
J225X
J225Y
Enclosures with NRB or RB suffix have provisions for 3/4" through 2-1/2" bolt-on hubs in top endwall. Enclosures with R suffix have blank endwalls and
require field cut opening.
Factory installed groundable neutral assembly includes (2) ground lugs and (2) neutral lugs. Equipment ground kit is also included.
Accepts standard rated 80% breakers. Not rated at 100%.
Maximum short circuit rating is 25 kAIR at 600 Vac, 65 kAIR at 480 Vac, 125 kAIR at 240 Vac.
Earth Leakage Module and Ground Fault Module are not compatible with these enclosures.
Maximum short circuit rating is 25 kAIR, 240 Vac.
Order service ground kit PKOGTA2 if required.
Maximum short circuit rating is 18 kAIR, 480 Vac and 240 Vac.
Copper wire only.
When using a CT in the M800S and R enclosure the unit will no longer accommodate a 200% neutral solution.
CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP20D, PE type TN-C or TN-S
Accepts MGL or MJL standard rated (80%) breakers. Accepts PGL, PJL or PLL circuit breakers rated 80% (1200 A maximum) or
100% rated breakers, (800A maximum).
CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP24D, PE type TN-C or TN-S
Suitable for rainproof Type 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP56, PE type TN-C or TN-S
NEMA 7—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F,and G; Class III.
80% rated circuit breakers only; SCCR 65 kA @ 240 Vac, 25 kA @ 480 Vac, 18 kA @ 600 Vac.
Not UL Listed due to wire bending space.
NEMA 9—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class II, Groups E, F,and G; Class III.
Has a tapped 2-1/2 in. conduit opening on top and bottom end wall
Short circuit current rating is 30 k AIR at 480 Vac.
J250SS and M800SS are 316 Grade Stainless Steel Circuit Breaker Enclosures. Type 316 stainless steel circuit breaker enclosures offer superior
corrosion resistance to a wider range of chemicals than Type 304 stainless steel enclosures. Type 316 better resists chloride and is often used in marine,
waste treatment and transportation applications.
cULus marked enclosure. For factory installed viewing window, add suffix VW. For enclosure suitable for use as Service Equipment use Cat. No.
CL600NAWK (neutral SN1000MA will be factory installed and bonded)
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-58
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page DE3-58
DE3-56
01/15
DE3_p057.fm Page 57 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:37 AM
Circuit Breaker Enclosures
Enclosed Circuit Breaker Special Applications
Class 610
Circuit Breaker
Catalogue Number
Prefix
FAL, FHL▲
✸
■
▼
▲
➀
Ampere
Rating
15-60
Number
of Poles
1, 2, 3
Type 7 ✸
Cast Aluminum
Enclosure
Catalogue No.
FA060X▼
FA100X▼
NEMA Type 7 – Indoor Hazardous Locations – Class I, Groups C and/or D, Divisions 1 or 2.
NEMA Type 9 – Indoor Hazardous Locations – Class II, Groups E and/or G, Class III, Divisions 1 or 2.
Suitable for rainproof applications–includes PKDB-1 breather and drain kit.
Use 75°C Cu conductors only.
Not CSA certified.
15-100
1, 2, 3
Type 9 ■
Cast Aluminum
Enclosure
Catalogue No.
FA060Y➀
FA100Y➀
Note: Circuit breaker enclosures not to be used with MAG-GARD breakers.
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
FA100X
FA100Y
01/15
DE3-57
DE3_p058.fm Page 58 Friday, January 23, 2015 12:20 AM
Circuit Breaker Enclosures
Enclosure Accessories and Dimensions
Class 610
Accessories
Insulated Groundable Neutral Assembly
Circuit Breaker
Neutral Assembly For Use With
Ampere
Rating
NEMA 1 & 3R
100
100
HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL
HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL
JDL,JGL,JJL,JLL
LAL, LHL, Q4L
15–100
125-150
150–250
400
SN100FA
SN400LA
SN400LA
400SN
LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL
250-400
—
LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL
250-600
—
Cat. No. Prefix
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
FAL, FHL
FAL, FHL
NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12 & 12K
NEMA 7 & 9
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
SN100FA
—
SN100FA
—
—
100SNA
SN100FA
SN400LA
SN400LA
SN400LA
SN400LA
SNC400LX
SN1000MA
SNC800LX
AL800SN
SN1200
—
225SNA
—
—
Terminal Lug Data—Total Available
(Line plus Load)
AWG/kcmil
(4) 14–1/0 Cu or (4) 12–1/0 Al
FA060X/Y—(1) 14– 6 Cu, plus (1) 14–4 Cu
FA100X/Y—(1) 14– 3 Cu, plus (1) 14–4 Cu
(4) 14–1/0 Cu or (4) 12–1/0 Al
(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu
(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu
(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu
(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu
(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4/0 Cu
(6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (1) 1–4/0 Al/Cu
(4) 2–600 Cu, plus (1) 2–4/0 Cu
(6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 6–250 Al/Cu
(8) 750 Max. Al/Cu, plus (2) 350 Max. Al/Cu
—
—
MGL, MJL ▼
300–800 A
AL800SN
—
PG, PJL, PKL, PLL ❑
250–1200 A
SN1200
—
◆ All Cu neutral assembly.
▼ For 200% neutral applications order Jumper kit SN800SNI and 2 of kit SN1200.
❑ For applications with integral ground fault protection order Neutral Mounting Kit S33576MK and Neutral CT S33576 (400-1200A only).
Equipment Ground Kits
Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix
Ground Bar
Cat. No.
QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL
FAL, FHL,
LAL, LHL, Q4L
HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL,JDL,JGL,JJL,JLL
LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL
MGL, MJL
PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL
Number of
Terminals
Conductors
Per Terminal
Wire Range
AWG/kcmil
PKOGTA2
PKOGTJ250
2
1
10–2/0 Cu or 6–2/0 Al
2
1
6–300 Al/Cu
PKOGTA4
4
1
6–250 Al or Cu
Price
Dimensions (inches)
Approximate Dimension
Cat. No.
Series
FA060X
FA060Y
FA100AWK
FA100DS
FA100F
FA100RB
FA100S
FA100X
FA100Y
J250F
J250S
J250R
J250DS, J250SS
J250AWK
LA400AWK
LA400DS
LA400F
LA400R
LA400S
L600AWK
M800S
M800R
M800DS, M800SS
M800AWK
P1200S
P1200R
P1200AWK
Q23225NFC
Q23225NRBC
Q23225NSC
E1
E1
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E1
E1
A01
A01
A01
A01
A01
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E3
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
E3
E3
E3
H
in.
16.00
16.00
19.50
19.50
19.50
18.00
18.13
16.00
16.00
32.40
31.36
31.05
32.26
32.26
42.25
42.25
45.63
44.00
44.50
57.50
40-3/8
40-3/8
40-7/8
40-7/8
52-1/8
52-1/8
53
26.25
26.25
26.25
W
mm
406
406
495
495
495
457
461
406
406
823
797
789
819
819
1073
1073
1159
1118
1130
1461
1025.52
1025.52
1036.96
1036.96
1323.98
1323.98
1346.20
667
667
667
in.
9.88
9.88
9.13
9.13
9.88
8.88
8.63
9.88
9.88
15.40
14.36
14.47
9.72
9.72
13.75
13.75
16.50
15.38
15.38
20.38
21
21
20-3/4
20-3/4
21
21
20-3/4
9.88
9.88
9.88
D
mm
251
251
232
232
251
226
219
251
251
391
365
368
247
247
349
349
419
391
391
518
533.4
533.4
527.05
527.05
533.4
533.4
527.05
251
251
251
in.
7.00
7.00
4.88
4.88
4.13
4.88
4.13
7.00
7.00
6.00
6.00
6.28
7.94
7.94
7.25
7.25
6.50
7.88
6.50
8.25
9-3/4
9-3/4
9-1/2
9-1/2
9-3/4
9-3/4
9-1/2
4.75
5.50
4.75
mm
178
178
124
124
105
124
105
178
178
152
152
160
202
202
184
184
165
200
165
210
247.65
247.65
241.3
241.3
247.65
247.65
241.3
121
140
121
IK, FA, J, LA, LX, MG, PG
FA, JDL, JGL
H
W
D
W
D
W
Type 1
Q2, FA, J, LA, MG, PG
DE3-58
H
H
H
H
Type 3r
Q2, FA, J, LA, MG, PG
W
D
Type 7, Type 9
FA
W
D
Type 4, 4X, 5, 12, 12K
FA, J, LA, L, MG, PG
01/15
DE3_p059.fm Page 59 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:38 AM
Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches
600 Vdc and 1000 Vdc PV Circuit Breakers and Switches
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302
The UL listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers and switches shown below are specifically designed for use
in PV applications, rated at 50°C, offering grounded or ungrounded configurations.
The products are fully tested and calibrated under the PV UL489B standard.
The products come ready to install, including specially designed serial connectors for optimal thermal response, and
adapted terminal covers for optimal isolation. Circuit Breakers come 100% rated for ease of use and selection.
These two new frames are fully compatible with the current line of PowerPact accessories, from aux contacts and shunt
trips to motor operators and rotary handles.
PV Molded Case Circuit Breakers
50
60
70
80
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
450
500a
500 A 80% rated.
1000 Vdc (4 poles)
Grounded
Part Number
TGL36050K
TGL36060K
TGL36070K
TGL36080K
TGL36100K
TGL36125K
TGL36150K
TGL36175K
TGL36200K
UGL36225K
UGL36250K
UGL36300K
UGL36350K
UGL36400K
UGL36450K
UGL36500G
Ungrounded
Part Number
TBL41050L
TBL41060L
TBL41070L
TBL41080L
TBL41100L
TBL41125L
TBL41150L
TBL41175L
TBL41200L
UCL41225L
UCL41250L
UCL41300L
UCL41350L
UCL41400L
UCL41450L
UCL41500J
Grounded
Part Number
TBL41050K
TBL41060K
TBL41070K
TBL41080K
TBL41100K
TBL41125K
TBL41150K
TBL41175K
TBL41200K
UCL41225K
UCL41250K
UCL41300K
UCL41350K
UCL41400K
UCL41450K
UCL41500G
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
a
Ungrounded
Part Number
TGL36050L
TGL36060L
TGL36070L
TGL36080L
TGL36100L
TGL36125L
TGL36150L
TGL36175L
TGL36200L
UGL36225L
UGL36250L
UGL36300L
UGL36350L
UGL36400L
UGL36450L
N/A
PV Circuit Breaker Max. Interrupting Ratings
Frame
T-Frame
U-Frame
600 Vdc
10 kA
10 kA
1000 Vdc
3 kA
5 kA
Circuit Breaker Numbering
Brand
Frame
Rating Termination
T
G
Frame
T: T-Frame
U: U-Frame
Brand
Blank:
Schneider
Electric
Poles
Voltage
3
6
Poles
3: 3P
4: 4P
Voltage
6: 600 Vdc
1: 1000 Vdc
L
Amperage
0
5
Grounding
0
Suffix Code
G
A
Suffix Code
B
Accessory Suffix Cells
(See page DE3-60)
Amperage
050: 50 A
060: 60 A
070: 70 A
080: 80 A
100: 100 A
125: 125 A
150: 150 A
175: 175 A
200: 200 A
225: 225 A
250: 250 A
300: 300 A
350: 350 A
400: 400 A
450: 450 A
500: 500 A
Ratings
B: 3 kA
C: 5 kA
G: 10 kA
Terminations
L: Lugs Line/Load Side
F: Bus Bar
S: Rear Connected
S
A
Accessory Suffix Cells
(See page DE3-60)
Grounding
G: Grounded, 80% rated (500 A Only)
J: Ungrounded, 80% rated (500 A Only)
K: Grounded, 100% rated
L: Ungrounded, 100% rated
PV Molded Case Non-Automatic Switches
600 Vdc (3 poles)
Ungrounded
Grounded
Part Number
Part Number
TBL36000JZ10
TBL36000GZ10
TBL36000JZ15
TBL36000GZ15
TBL36000JZ20
TBL36000GZ20
UDL36000JZ25
UDL36000GZ25
UDL36000JZ30
UDL36000GZ30
UDL36000JZ40
UDL36000GZ40
UDL36000JZ50
UDL36000GZ50
Ampere
Rating
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
1000 Vdc (4 poles)
Ungrounded
Grounded
Part Number
Part Number
TBL41000JZ10
TBL41000GZ10
TBL41000JZ15
TBL41000GZ15
TBL41000JZ20
TBL41000GZ20
UDL41000JZ25
UDL41000GZ25
UDL41000JZ30
UDL41000GZ30
UDL41000JZ40
UDL41000GZ40
UDL41000JZ50
UDL41000GZ50
PV Switches Withstand Ratings
Frame
T-Frame
U-Frame
600/1000 Vdc
3 kA
7.5 kA
Switch Numbering
Brand
Frame
T
Rating Termination Poles
D
3
Voltage
6
Amperage
0
0
0
Grounding
G
Poles Voltage
3: 3P 6: 600 Vdc
4: 4P 1: 1000 Vdc
Frame
T: T-Frame
U: U-Frame
Brand
Blank:
Schneider
Electric only
L
Ratings
B: 3 kA
D: 7.5 kA
Terminations
L: Lugs Line/Load Side
F: Bus Bar
S: Rear Connected
Trip System
Z
1
0
Suffix Code
A
B
Suffix Code
S
A
Accessory Suffix Cells Accessory Suffix Cells
(See page DE3-60)
(See page DE3-60)
Amperage
000: Switch
Trip System—##
(Z: Non-Automatic Switch)
(##: Amerage Rating)
Z10: 100 A
Z15: 150 A
Z20: 200 A
Z25: 250 A
Z30: 300 A
Z40: 400 A
Z50: 500 A
Grounding
G: Grounded, 80% rated
J: Ungrounded, 80% rated
01/15
DE3-59
DE3
600 Vdc (3 poles)
Ampere
Rating
DE3_p060.fm Page 60 Friday, January 23, 2015 12:22 AM
Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches
Factory Installed Accessories
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302
S29450
2
3A/3B Standarda
AC
S29450
3
1A/1B Low-Level (Gold)
AE
S29452
1
2A/2B Low-Level (Gold)
AF
S29452
2
3A/3B Low-Level (Gold)a
AG
S29452
3
a
U-Frame only.
Alarm/Overcurrent Trip Switches
Suffix
Switch
Kit No.
Kit Qty.
PowerPact T-Frame
BC
Alarm Switch
S29450
1
BH
Alarm Switch, Low-Level
S29452
1
Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard
S29450
1
SDE Actuator
S29451
1
Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level
S29452
1
SDE Actuator
S29451
1
Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard
S29450
2
BJ
BE
BK
SDE Actuators
S29451
2
Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level
S29452
2
SDE Actuators
S29451
2
PowerPact U-Frame
BC
Alarm Switch
S29450
1
BH
Alarm Switch, Low-Level
S29452
1
BD
Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard
S29450
1
BJ
Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level
S29452
1
BE
Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard
S29450
2
BK
Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level
S29452
2
Shunt Trips
Shunt Trip (MX)
a
Voltage
Field-Installable
Kit No.
Factory-Installed Suffix
120 Vac
SA
S29386
24 Vdc
SO
S29390
48 Vdc
SP
S29392
125 Vdc
SR
S29393
Top
Long Terminal Cover (3P)
Long Terminal Cover (3P/1SC)
Long Terminal Cover (4P)
Long Terminal Cover (4P/2SC)
Long Terminal Cover (4P/1SC)
Long Terminal Cover (3P)
Extended Term Cover (3P/1SC)
Long Terminal Cover (4P)
Extended Term Cover (4P/2SC)
Extended Term Cover (4P/1SC)
3
3
4
4
4
3
3
4
4
4
Bottom
Top
Bottom
X
X
X
X
X
X
S35175
S35176
S35177
S35178
S35179
S32593
S38291
S32594
S38293
S38294
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P: Poles, SC: Serial connector.
b
c
Descriptionc
Configuration
Ungrounded
Top
Short Terminal Cover (3P)
Long Terminal Cover (3P/1SC)
Short Terminal Cover (4P)
Long Terminal Cover (4P/1SC)
Long Terminal Cover (4P/2SC)
Short Rear Connector (set of 2)a
Long Rear Connector (set of 2)a
Short Terminal Cover (3P)
Extended Terminal Cover (3P/1SC)
Short Terminal Cover (4P)
Extended Term Cover (4P/1SC)
Extended Term Cover (4P/2SC)
Short Rear Connector (set of 2)ab
Long Rear Connector (set of 2)ab
3
3
4
4
4
3, 4
3, 4
3
3
4
4
4
3, 4
3, 4
Grounded
Bottom
Top
Bottom
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Field
Installable
Catalog No.
S29515
S35169
S29516
S35170
S35178
S29235
S29236
S32562
S35171
S32563
S35172
S38293
S432475
S432476
X
X
X
The ungrounded configurations (3P or 4P) need 2 short and 2 long rear connectors. The
grounded configurations only use 2 short rear connectors.
Parts only, no hardware is included. See table PV U-Frame, below.
P: Poles, SC: Serial connector.
Description
Factory
Installed
Suffix
Field
Installable
Catalog No.
Grounded
Cat. No.
T-Frame Term Nut Insert-Metric/M8 (12)
T-Frame
Description
Configuration
Ungrounded
PV T-Frame Bus Bar and Rear Connections Hardware
Choose termination “F” for having the termination kit included with the
breaker (Terminal Nuts, Term Covers, Serial Connectors)
Rotary Operated Handles
Device
Descriptiona
PV Rear Connection Terminal Covers and Connectors
Choose termination “S” for having the termination kit included with the
breaker (Rear Connectors, Term Covers, Serial Connectors)
S30554
U-Frame
Field
Field
Installable Kit Installable Kit
No.
No.
Direct
Mounted
Standard Handle
Black
Handle Only
RD10
S29337
S32597
Door
Mounted
Standard Black
Handle
Handle Only
RE10
S29338
S32598
PV U-Frame Bus Bar and Rear Connections Hardware
Choose termination “F” for having the termination kit included with the
breaker (Screws and Washers, Term Covers, Serial Connectors)
Description
Cat. No.
Set of 4 M10 x 25 terminal screws and washers for one side
S36967
Handle Padlocking
Device
Description
Handle Padlock,
ON or OFF
YP
U-Frame
Conductor
Description
Field Installable Field Installable
Kit No.
Kit No.
S29371
Lug(2) T-Frame,
12–4 AWG, Al/Cu
S32631
NOTE: For a complete list of Field installable accessories and
details, including also motor operator (electrical only) and
locks, refer to accessories information for the PowerPact,
J-Frame (compatible with T-Frame) and L-Frame
(Compatible with U-Frame). Or consult Photovoltaic offer
catalog 0611CT1302.
T-Frame
Device
Factory
Installed
Suffix
T-Frame
Frame
Mechancal Lug Kits for T- and U-Frame Circuit Breakers and Switches
Locks
Lugs(2) T-Frame,
4–4/0 AWG, Al/Cu
Lug(2) T-Frame,
250–350 kcmil, Al/Cu
U-Frame
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
BD
a
Poles
AB
Poles
1
2A/2B Standard
Frame
S29450
T-Frame
AA
Contacts
U-Frame
Kit Qty.
1A/1B Standard
PV Unit Mount Terminal Covers
Choose termination “L” for having the termination kit factory installed
with the breaker (Lugs, Term Covers, Serial Connectors)
Frame
Field-Installable Kit
No.
T-Frame
Factory-Installed
Suffix
U-Frame
Auxiliary Switches
Lug(2) U-Frame,
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil,
Al/Cu
Type
No.
Per
Lug
Al
1
Cu
1
Al/Cu
1
Al
1
Cu
1
Al
2
Cu
2
Size
#12–#4 AWG
(4–25 mm2)
#14–#4 AWG
(2.5–25 mm2)
#4–#4/0 AWG
(25–95 mm2)
#250–350 AWG
(120–185 mm2)
#2/0–350 AWG
(70–185 mm2)
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(70–240 mm2)
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(70–240 mm2)
Current
Cat. No.
Qty.
Per
Kit
50–60 A
S35167
2
70–150 A
S29255
2
175–200 A
S35168
2
225–500 A
S35180
2
NOTE: For availability dates of field installable accessories in
Tables above contact Schneider Electric.
DE3-60
01/15
DE3_p061.fm Page 61 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:39 AM
Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches
T-Frame Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302
PV T-Frame Circuit Breaker and Switches Dimensions
A2
7.40
188
in
mm
A3
11.42
290
B1
4.13
105
B2
5.51
140
C2
3.39
86
C3
4.96
126
A3
C2
B1
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A2
B2
C3
A2: Short
A3: Long
Terminal Cover Configuration According to Wiring Configuration
Wiring Configuration
3P Ungrounded
Connection Type
Unit Mount/Bus
X
3P Grounded
X
X
4P Ungrounded
4P Grounded
X
Terminal Cover Configuration
Rear Connected
X
X
X
X
Top
Long
Short
Long
Long
Long
Long
Bottom
Long
Long
Long
Long
Short
Long
Approximate Weights
T-Frames
3P Ungrounded
3P Grounded
4P Ungrounded
4P Grounded
01/15
Product Weight
(lbs)
5
5.5
6.3
6.7
Shipping Weights
(lbs)
8
8.5
9.3
9.7
DE3-61
DE3_p062.fm Page 62 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:40 AM
Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches
U-Frame |Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302
PV U-Frame Circuit Breaker and Switches Dimensions
A2
11.2
285
A3
15.7
400
A4
19.1
484
B1
5.5
140
B2
7.2
183
C2
4.3
110
C3
6.6
168
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
in
mm
A2: Short
A3: Long
A4: Extended
Terminal Cover Configuration According to Wiring Configuration
Wiring Configuration
3P Ungrounded
Connection Type
Unit Mount/Bus
X
3P Grounded
X
X
X
X
4P Ungrounded
4P Grounded
Terminal Cover Configuration
Rear Connected
Bottom
Extended
Long
Short
Extended
Extended
X
X
X
Top
Long
Short
Approximate Weights
U-Frames
3P Ungrounded
3P Grounded
4P Ungrounded
4P Grounded
Product Weight
(lbs)
15
17
21
23
Shipping Weights
(lbs)
19.5
21.5
25.5
27.5
PV T- and U-Frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Wiring Configurations
600 Vdc (3 Poles)
Grounded
1000 Vdc (3 Poles)
Ungrounded
Grounded
Ungrounded
Load /
Charge / Carga
PV Source /
FV Fuente
GND
PV Source /
FV Fuente
Load /
Charge / Carga
DE3-62
PV Source /
FV Fuente
Load /
Charge / Carga
Load /
Charge / Carga
PV Source /
FV Fuente
GND
01/15
DE3_p063.fm Page 63 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:40 AM
Moulded Case Circuit Breaker
F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Thermal-magnetic moulded case circuit breakers shown here are permanent trip CSA certified, UL listed,
IEC rated. For I-LINE moulded case circuit breakers, see Section DE-5.
Ampere
Rating
AC Magnetic
Trip Settings
Amperes
One Pole
Catalogue No.
Two Pole
Price
Catalogue No.
Three Pole
Price
Catalogue No.
Price
Standard
Lug Kit
Wire Range
100 Ampere Frame
240Vac
FAL32015
FAL32020
FAL32025
FAL32030
FAL32035
FAL32040
FAL32045
FAL32050
FAL32060
FAL32070
FAL32080
FAL32090
FAL32100
480Vac,250Vdc
FAL24015
FAL24020
FAL24025
FAL24030
FAL24035
FAL24040
FAL24045
FAL24050
FAL24060
FAL24070
FAL24080
FAL24090
FAL24100
480Vac,250Vdc
FAL34015
FAL34020
FAL34025
FAL34030
FAL34035
FAL34040
FAL34045
FAL34050
FAL34060
FAL34070
FAL34080
FAL34090
FAL34100
600Vac,250Vdc
FAL26015
FAL26020
FAL26025
FAL26030
FAL26035
FAL26040
FAL26045
FAL26050
FAL26060
FAL26070
FAL26080
FAL26090
FAL26100
600Vac,250Vdc
FAL36015
FAL36020
FAL36025
FAL36030
FAL36035
FAL36040
FAL36045
FAL36050
FAL36060
FAL36070
FAL36080
FAL36090
FAL36100
600Vac,250Vdc
FHL26015
FHL26020
FHL26025
FHL26030
FHL26035
FHL26040
FHL26045
FHL26050
FHL26060
FHL26070
FHL26080
FHL26090
FHL26100
600Vac,250Vdc
FHL36015
FHL36020
FHL36025
FHL36030
FHL36035
FHL36040
FHL36045
FHL36050
FHL36060
FHL36070
FHL36080
FHL36090
FHL36100
FAL/FHL
One Pole
15-100 Ampere
AL50FA
#14-#4 Cu or
#12-#4 Al
AL100FA
#14-#1/0 Cu or
#12-#1/0 Al
AL50FA
#14-#4 Cu or
#12-#4 Al
AL100FA
#14-#1/0 Cu or
#12-#1/0 Al
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
240Vac
FAL22015
FAL22020
FAL22025
FAL22030
FAL22035
FAL22040
FAL22045
FAL22050
FAL22060
FAL22070
FAL22080
FAL22090
FAL22100
FAF/FHL
Two Pole
15-100Ampere
DE3
FAL Standard Interrupting 120/240Volt
Hold
Trip
120Vac
15
275
600
FAL12015
20
275
600
FAL12020
25
275
600
FAL12025
30
275
600
FAL12030
35
400
850
FAL12035
40
400
850
FAL12040
45
400
850
FAL12045
50
400
850
FAL12050
60
800
1450
FAL12060
70
800
1450
FAL12070
80
800
1450
FAL12080
90
900
1700
FAL12090
100
900
1700
FAL12100
FAL Standard Interrupting 277/480 Volt
Hold
Trip
277Vac,125Vdc
15
275
600
FAL14015
20
275
600
FAL14020
25
275
600
FAL14025
30
275
600
FAL14030
35
400
850
FAL14035
40
400
850
FAL14040
45
400
850
FAL14045
50
400
850
FAL14050
60
800
1450
FAL14060
70
800
1450
FAL14070
80
800
1450
FAL14080
90
900
1700
FAL14090
100
900
1700
FAL14100
FAL Standard Interrupting 347/600 Volt
Hold
Trip
347Vac,125Vdc
15
275
600
FAL17015
20
275
600
FAL17020
25
275
600
FAL17025
30
275
600
FAL17030
35
400
850
FAL17035
40
400
850
FAL17040
45
400
850
FAL17045
50
400
850
FAL17050
60
800
1450
FAL17060
70
800
1450
FAL17070
80
800
1450
FAL17080
90
900
1700
FAL17090
100
900
1700
FAL17100
FHL High Interrupting 347/600 Volt
Hold
Trip
347Vac,125Vdc
15
275
600
FHL17015
20
275
600
FHL17020
25
275
600
FHL17025
30
275
600
FHL17030
35
400
850
FHL17035
40
400
850
FHL17040
45
400
850
FHL17045
50
400
850
FHL17050
60
800
1450
FHL17060
70
800
1450
FHL17070
80
800
1450
FHL17080
90
900
1700
FHL17090
100
900
1700
FHL17100
AL50FA
#14-#4 Cu or
#12-#4 Al
AL100FA
#14-#1/0 Cu or
#12-#1/0 Al
FAL/FHL
Three Pole
15-100Ampere
AL50FA
#14-#4 Cu or
#12-#4 Al
AL100FA
#14-#1/0 Cu or
#12-#1/0 Al
CSA Certified Interrupting Rating
RMS Symmetrical Amperes
Breaker
System Voltage AC DC
Catalogue No.
120/
277/
347/
Prefix
240
480
600
125
FAL (240V.)
1-Pole
10k
5k
2, 3-Pole
10k
5k
FAL (480V.)
1-Pole
18k
18k
10k
2, 3-Pole
25k
18k
10k
FAL (600V.)
1-Pole
25k
18k
14k
10k
2, 3-Pole
25k
18k
14k
10k
FHL
1-Pole
15-30
65k
65k
18k
10k
35-100
65k
25k
18k
10k
2, 3-Pole
65k
25k
18k
50k
250
5k
10k
10k
50k
Dimensions-DE3-54
Enclosures -DE3-56
01/15
DE3-63
DE3_p064.fm Page 64 Saturday, January 10, 2015 2:34 AM
Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
Q4L - LAL - LHL
CSA Certified Interrupting Rating
RMS Symmetrical Amperes
Breaker
Cat. No.
Prefix
System Voltage AC
DC
240
480
600
125
250
Q4L
LAL
LHL
25k
42k
65k
30k
35k
22k
25k
10k
50k
10k
50k
Enclosures - DE3-56
Dimensions - DE3-54
Ampere
Rating
AC Magnetic
Trip Settings
Amperes
Two Pole
Catalogue No.
Three Pole
Price
Catalogue No.
Price
Standard
Lug Kit
Wire Range
DE3
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
400 Ampere Frame
Q4L Standard Interrupting
250
300
350
400
Low
1250
1500
1750
2000
High
2500
3000
3500
4000
240Vac
Q4L2250
Q4L2300
Q4L2350
Q4L2400
240Vac
Q4L3250
Q4L3300
Q4L3350
Q4L3400
AL400LA
1-#1-600 kcmil or
2-#1-250 kcmil
AL400LA
LAL Standard Interrupting
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
Low
625
750
875
1000
1125
1250
1500
1750
2000
High
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
3000
3500
4000
600Vac, 250Vdc
LAL26125
LAL26150
LAL26175
LAL26200
LAL26225
LAL26250
LAL26300
LAL26350
LAL26400
600Vac, 250Vdc
LAL36125
LAL36150
LAL36175
LAL36200
LAL36225
LAL36250
LAL36300
LAL36350
LAL36400
600Vac, 250Vdc
LHL26125
LHL26150
LHL26175
LHL26200
LHL26225
LHL26250
LHL26300
LHL26350
LHL26400
600Vac, 250Vdc
LHL36125
LHL36150
LHL36175
LHL36200
LHL36225
LHL36250
LHL36300
LHL36350
LHL36400
AL400LA
1-#1-600 kcmil or
2-#1-250 kcmil
LAL/LHL
Two and Three Pole
125-400 Amperes
LHL High Interrupting
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
DE3-64
Low
625
750
875
1000
1125
1250
1500
1750
2000
High
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
3000
3500
4000
AL400LA
1-#1-600 kcmil or
2-#1-250 kcmil
01/15
DE3_p065.fm Page 65 Friday, January 23, 2015 12:24 AM
Moulded Case Circuit Breakers
CDP Breaker Cross to Square D
CDP Connector Kits
The CDP connector kits are used to install Square D breakers into existing Federal Pioneer CDP panels and Switchboard distribution interiors that originally
used branch breakers from the Horizon family.
Please note that these connector kits are designed to be applied on CDP interiors with Extruded Bus only, (except HDCMH, JDCMH, and LDCMH that can be
also used on CDP interiors with Flat Bus).
Please refer to installation bulletins for detailed information on these kits.
CE Breaker
CJL Breaker
CJM Breaker*
CK
Amperage
Alternate Square D Breaker
Connector Mounting Hardware
15A – 100A
150A – 250A
100A – 400A
300A – 600A
250A – 1200A
15A – 100A Powerpact H ■
150A – 225A Powerpact J ■
LA/LH ●
400A-600A PowerPact L● ❑
Powerpact P◆
HDCMH
JDCMH
LACMH
LDCMH
PCDPCMH
■
Need to be replaced in pairs, can not mount a CE breaker back to back with a PowerPact breaker. Not suitable for 100% rated and type HR, JR
MCCBs.
● Available only as single mount option. Not available as a double mount or Back to back mount due to dimensional constraints.
Condition 1: Panel with all single row branch circuits.
A minimum branch circuit height of 8-1/4” is required.
Condition 2: Panel with all double row branch circuits.
This will require a modification to the trim to remove a section of the trim centre strip in the location where the new breaker is to be installed.
A minimum branch circuit height of 9-5/8” is required and the breaker should be located where the centre strip ends. (This space includes
one 1 -3/8” wide filler to support the center strip).
If the breaker must be located between two sections of a double row trim then the minimum branch circuit height required is 11”. (This space
includes two 1-3/8” wide fillers to support both ends of the centre strips)
❑ The PowerPact L-Frame breaker has an overall height of 5-1/2” but will be fitted with a Cover plate to fill the existing branch circuit space of
8-1/4”.
◆ Available only for single mount. The CK breaker can not be replaced in existing 12X of branch circuit height, the Square D PowerPact breaker
requires space with a 16X branch nominal height. Contact Schneider Services for installation of PowerPact P breaker and mounting hardware.
* PowerPact L-Frame can also be used to replace Square D LC/LI/LX/LE/LXI installed in CDP panels as a replacement of CJM breakers.
01/15
DE3-65
DE3
Federal Pioneer
Horizon Breaker
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
Retrofitting or adding new Square D Breakers into CDP Interiors